Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

to+denote+the+object

  • 61 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in locoá, í, við, and ad locumá, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in locoá, or in locum til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion ofamong; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 62 ut

    ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
    I.
    As adv. of manner.
    A.
    Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
    1.
    In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:

    salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:

    ut vales?

    id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:

    ut sese in Samnio res habent?

    Liv. 10, 18, 11:

    ut valet? ut meminit nostri?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
    2.
    In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):

    ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:

    ut dissimulat malus!

    id. ib. 5, 4, 13:

    ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!

    id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;

    ut lenta materies fuit!

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:

    ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:

    ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:

    ut falsus animi est!

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:

    heia! ut elegans est!

    id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:

    fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!

    id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:

    Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:

    quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!

    id. Mil. 24, 64:

    qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!

    id. Fl. 5, 12:

    quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!

    id. Att. 3, 11, 2:

    quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!

    Verg. E. 8, 41:

    ut melius quidquid erit pati!

    Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:

    ut tu Semper eris derisor!

    id. S. 2, 6, 53:

    o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!

    Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
    3.
    In dependent questions.
    (α).
    With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:

    hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:

    hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:

    vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 10:

    illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:

    viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?

    Cat. 61, 77:

    viden ut perniciter exiluere?

    id. 62, 8:

    adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,

    id. 62, 12:

    aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),

    Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:

    nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,

    id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
    (β).
    With subj. (class.):

    nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:

    oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,

    id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:

    nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,

    id. Am. prol. 104:

    narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:

    tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:

    videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?

    id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:

    credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 4:

    videte ut hoc iste correxerit,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:

    docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,

    Liv. 23, 5, 8:

    aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,

    Prop. 1, 2, 9:

    infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,

    Quint. 6, 5, 10:

    vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:

    nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:

    audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:

    mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
    B.
    Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
    1.
    Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):

    ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:

    apparatus sum ut videtis,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 10:

    verum postremo impetravi ut volui,

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:

    ero ut me voles esse,

    id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:

    faciam ut tu voles,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:

    ut potero feram,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:

    faciam ut mones,

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:

    Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:

    cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?

    id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,

    id. ib. 17, 49:

    homo demens, ut isti putant,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,

    id. ib. 1, 46, 70:

    non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,

    id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:

    Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,

    Liv. 3, 50, 4:

    (Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,

    id. 10, 46, 16:

    sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,

    id. 21, 4, 1:

    nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:

    servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,

    id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):

    si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:

    quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:

    quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,

    id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:

    incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,

    id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:

    tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:

    satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,

    id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
    2.
    With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;

    ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:

    sic sum ut vides,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:

    ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,

    Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:

    haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:

    te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:

    causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,

    id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:

    sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,

    Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:

    eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:

    ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:

    cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
    3.
    Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):

    gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:

    age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:

    utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:

    utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,

    id. Most. 3, 1, 14:

    non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:

    ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;

    v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
    4.
    Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
    a.
    Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:

    atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:

    ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 1:

    haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:

    praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 5:

    atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 25, 51:

    permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:

    magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:

    Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,

    Liv. 3, 6, 1:

    tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,

    id. 3, 71, 5:

    transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,

    id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:

    mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),

    Plaut. Men. prol. 30:

    Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,

    as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,

    Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,

    id. ib. 5, 33, 92:

    ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,

    Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
    b.
    Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:

    hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:

    ut est captus hominum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:

    Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,

    for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:

    nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,

    considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:

    (orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,

    for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:

    multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,

    id. Sen. 4, 12:

    consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,

    Liv. 1, 18, 1:

    florentem jam ut tum res erant,

    id. 1, 3, 3:

    Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,

    id. 24, 28, 1:

    Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,

    id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:

    Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,

    id. 1, 57, 1:

    vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,

    id. 32, 33, 9:

    Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,

    Nep. Epam. 5, 2:

    ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,

    Curt. 9, 1, 14:

    multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,

    Tac. G. 30. —
    c.
    Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):

    non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,

    seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:

    prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:

    facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,

    Liv. 1, 34, 6:

    inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,

    id. 38, 18, 7:

    Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,

    id. 33, 4, 11:

    Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,

    id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:

    Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,

    id. 9, 45, 10:

    igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,

    id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:

    omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,

    as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:

    in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,

    id. 3, 5, 9:

    ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,

    id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:

    ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,

    Liv. 3, 16, 2:

    gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,

    id. 7, 23, 6.—
    d.
    With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:

    perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,

    Cic. Clu. 25, 70:

    in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,

    Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
    C.
    Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):

    in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:

    flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),

    Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:

    in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,

    Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
    II.
    Conj.
    A.
    Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    With sic as correlative:

    haec res sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:

    quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:

    Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:

    si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,

    id. Brut. 72, 251:

    sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,

    id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,

    id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
    (β).
    With ita as correlative:

    ut sementem feceris, ita metes,

    Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:

    quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,

    id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:

    non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,

    Liv. 1, 53, 1:

    ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,

    Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
    (γ).
    With other correlatives:

    in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,

    Cato, R. R. 78:

    encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,

    id. ib. 80:

    cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:

    disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:

    ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,

    id. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    fecisti item ut praedones solent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:

    item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;

    so with item,

    id. Or. 60, 202:

    is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,

    Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:

    nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:

    si aliter ut dixi accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    (δ).
    Without correlative:

    rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,

    Sall. J. 71, 5:

    quare perge ut instituisti,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:

    apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. ib. 1, 38, 59:

    miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:

    comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,

    id. ib. 13, 5:

    ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,

    Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
    (α).
    = cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:

    ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?

    Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:

    ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,

    Liv. 26, 37, 6:

    Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:

    fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
    (β).
    Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,

    id. 21, 11, 5:

    ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,

    id. 21, 8, 1:

    haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,

    id. 3, 55, 15:

    in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,

    id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:

    uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,

    Tac. Agr. 6:

    ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,

    Quint. 10, 1, 74:

    ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,

    id. 12, 2, 12:

    quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,

    id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:

    ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,

    Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
    b.
    Ita... ut;

    in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:

    ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:

    ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:

    sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
    c.
    In exemplifications.
    (α).
    In gen., as for example, for instance:

    nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:

    sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:

    qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:

    est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:

    est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,

    Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;

    if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
    (β).
    Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:

    ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:

    ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:

    ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 26:

    ut si qui in foro cantet,

    id. Off. 1, 40, 145:

    ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,

    Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:

    ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,

    Quint. 3, 8, 23:

    ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,

    id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:

    ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,

    Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
    d.
    Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:

    qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:

    ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 52:

    habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:

    Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,

    Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;

    ut hominem ingratum non invitus,

    in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:

    qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,

    Liv. 25, 40, 4:

    qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,

    id. 24, 45, 12:

    Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,

    Nep. Att. 16:

    et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:

    hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 65:

    id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,

    id. 9, 3, 35.—
    e.
    Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:

    mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:

    Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:

    ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,

    id. ib. 2, 14, 1:

    ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:

    qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,

    id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:

    similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,

    like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
    f.
    Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    id. Caecin. 2, 7:

    ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,

    id. Clu. 21, 57:

    ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:

    nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,

    Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
    (α).
    With ita understood:

    facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
    (β).
    With virtual superlatives:

    ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:

    ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
    (γ).
    The superlatives omitted in either clause:

    ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,

    Cic. Sen. 18, 64:

    ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:

    pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §

    68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,

    Liv. 9, 6, 1:

    ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,

    id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:

    nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,

    in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
    (δ).
    With a comparative in one of the terms:

    major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
    (ε).
    Without superlative, as, according as:

    de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,

    Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
    B.
    Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
    1.
    With perf. indic.
    a.
    In gen., as soon as:

    principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:

    ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:

    ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,

    id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:

    ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:

    qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:

    eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,

    id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:

    qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:

    ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,

    Liv. 21, 54, 9:

    ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,

    id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
    b.
    In oblique discourse:

    Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
    c.
    With primum, when first, as soon as ever:

    atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,

    Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
    d.
    Rarely of coincidence in time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
    e.
    Ut = ex quo tempore. since:

    ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,

    Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
    2.
    With imperf. indic.
    (α).
    In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;

    deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,

    Liv. 10, 22, 2:

    deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,

    id. 10, 28, 20:

    Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,

    id. 25, 26, 15:

    ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,

    id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:

    consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,

    Liv. 22, 44, 1:

    ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,

    id. 22, 14, 3:

    ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,

    id. 24, 1, 6.—
    (β).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
    3.
    With plupf.
    (α).
    = postquam (rare):

    ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:

    ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
    (β).
    In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:

    litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),

    Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:

    ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),

    id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,

    Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:

    ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,

    id. Clu. 19, 52:

    ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:

    ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,

    Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:

    ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
    4.
    With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:

    neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
    C.
    Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
    1.
    In object clauses.
    a.
    In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:

    malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:

    equidem mallem ut ires,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:

    equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:

    volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,

    id. Vatin. 7, 17:

    precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:

    postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,

    id. Clu. 2, 5:

    petebant uti equites praemitterent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,

    Cic. Quint. 10, 34:

    hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:

    illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,

    Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:

    cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:

    senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 4:

    exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:

    Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;

    esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:

    ut illum di deaeque perdant,

    id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
    (β).
    After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:

    ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,

    id. Att. 11, 16, 4:

    tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:

    censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,

    I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:

    dixeram a principio ut sileremus,

    I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:

    Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,

    id. Sest. 64, 133:

    equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,

    id. Att. 16, 8, 2:

    M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,

    exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
    (γ).
    After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:

    rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:

    decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,

    id. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,

    Liv. 25, 33, 3:

    illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),

    id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:

    ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:

    servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,

    Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
    (δ).
    After verbs of command or prohibition:

    imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,

    Liv. 28, 33, 11:

    illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 60:

    M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,

    Liv. 41, 27, 3:

    consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:

    hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:

    iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,

    Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
    (ε).
    Verbs expressing permission:

    atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,

    Cic. Tull. 20, 47:

    concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:

    dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:

    ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
    b.
    In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:

    ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:

    facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,

    he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,

    care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:

    ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:

    cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,

    id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,

    id. Clu. 41, 116:

    omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,

    Liv. 24, 34, 12:

    omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
    (β).
    Verbs of effecting:

    nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:

    prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:

    caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:

    sol efficit ut omnia floreant,

    id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:

    potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 44:

    non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:

    di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:

    quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
    (γ).
    Verbs of obtaining:

    Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,

    what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:

    facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,

    Liv. 35, 51, 6:

    vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,

    id. 4, 25, 13.—
    (δ).
    Verbs of inducing and compelling:

    nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:

    civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:

    Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,

    id. ib. 16, 18, 2:

    ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:

    impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 42:

    ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
    (ε).
    After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:

    cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,

    not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:

    obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    (natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,

    id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:

    hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,

    he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?

    the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:

    respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 272:

    meruit ut suspendatur,

    Sen. Ep. 7, 5:

    quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
    c.
    After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:

    rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39:

    vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:

    verebar ut redderentur,

    id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:

    sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,

    id. ib. 14, 14, 1:

    veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,

    id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:

    timeo ut sustineas,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:

    o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;

    si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:

    quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,

    Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
    d.
    In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):

    me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:

    te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    egone ut te interpellem?

    id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:

    pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?

    id. Planc. 13, 31:

    egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?

    Sen. Med. 927.—
    2.
    In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
    a.
    With a predicate adjective.
    (α).
    With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:

    id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:

    reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:

    praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,

    id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:

    ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:

    proximum est ut doceam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:

    extremum est ut te orem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:

    ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):

    aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:

    non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
    (β).
    In clauses expressing result and consequence:

    magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,

    that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:

    consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,

    id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
    (γ).
    In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):

    concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,

    Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:

    concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),

    id. ib. 5, 18:

    si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1:

    de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,

    Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:

    non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:

    deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,

    rarum est ut,

    Quint. 3, 19, 3:

    quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:

    multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,

    Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
    b.
    With predicate nouns.
    (α).
    Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:

    quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:

    Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,

    Liv. 6, 31, 7:

    vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,

    Cic. Planc. 2, 5:

    consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,

    ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:

    tempus est ut eamus ad forum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:

    dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,

    id. ib. 4, 3, 9:

    primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:

    ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 14, 38:

    caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,

    duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,

    caput est ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:

    fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,

    id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,

    ratio est ut,

    id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Expressing result and consequence:

    est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,

    Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
    c.
    With impersonal verbs.
    (α).
    Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:

    convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:

    mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:

    placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,

    id. Or. 1, 34, 155:

    ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,

    id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:

    fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,

    it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—

    So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:

    sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,

    id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:

    utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,

    id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
    (β).
    Denoting consequence:

    ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,

    Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:

    sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:

    sequitur ut causa ponatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
    (γ).
    Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:

    est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,

    it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:

    non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,

    there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:

    quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:

    jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    Liv. 8, 27, 3:

    cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,

    Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:

    jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,

    Liv. 2, 23, 14:

    prope est ut lamentationem exigat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:

    arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:

    futurum est ut sapiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
    3.
    In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
    a.
    With the idea of resolve, etc.:

    vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,

    Liv. 9, 26, 4:

    sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
    b.
    Of agreement:

    fide accepta ut remitterent eum,

    Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
    c.
    Of law, rule, etc.:

    praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,

    Liv. 24, 25, 10:

    senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,

    id. 35, 24, 2:

    haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 42:

    Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
    d.
    Of duty:

    jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
    e.
    Of purpose, inclination, etc.:

    vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,

    make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:

    causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:

    confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,

    id. Font. 2, 3.—
    f.
    Of effect, result, etc.:

    fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:

    habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,

    id. Pis. 32, 81:

    damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
    4.
    In clauses of manner, that, so that.
    a.
    With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;

    anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
    b.
    With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:

    ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),

    id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §

    162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:

    non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:

    haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:

    hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
    c.
    Without antecedents, so that:

    cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,

    Cic. Lael. 24, 90:

    in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,

    id. Planc. 25, 60:

    mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6:

    accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,

    id. B. C. 3, 79:

    pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,

    Liv. 3, 13, 10:

    fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,

    id. 8, 17, 6:

    nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
    d.
    Idiomat. with non.
    (α).
    Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,

    Liv. 24, 8, 10:

    non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,

    id. 45, 25, 12:

    nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:

    ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,

    id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:

    nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,

    id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;

    neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
    (β).
    Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;

    rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,

    not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:

    haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,

    id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:

    benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;

    non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,

    Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,

    Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,

    Tac. Or. 10.—
    e.
    Conditional or concessive.
    (α).
    Granting that ( for argument's sake):

    quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?

    id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:

    ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,

    id. Clu. 53, 146:

    quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:

    quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?

    id. Div. 2, 14, 33:

    nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
    (β).
    Even if, although:

    qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:

    ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:

    ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,

    id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:

    ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,

    id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:

    qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,

    Liv. 36, 7, 20:

    neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,

    id. 21, 47, 5:

    at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?

    id. 34, 32, 13:

    ut jam Macedonia deficiat,

    id. 42, 12, 10:

    cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,

    id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:

    ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9:

    ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,

    Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:

    ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,

    Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:

    quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:

    quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
    (γ).
    Provided that:

    ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,

    Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;

    succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
    5.
    In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
    a.
    In gen.:

    quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:

    haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:

    intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,

    id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:

    Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:

    id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:

    ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
    b.
    Esp., after certain antecedents.
    (α).
    After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):

    id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
    (β).
    After idcirco:

    idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:

    legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,

    id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    After ideo and eo:

    non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 73:

    Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
    (δ).
    After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:

    ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?

    Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:

    homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
    (ε).
    After ea mente, hac mente:

    navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:

    hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
    (ζ).
    After potius quam:

    potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,

    Liv. 6, 28, 8:

    potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,

    id. 9, 14, 8.—
    c.
    Idiomat.
    (α).
    With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:

    ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?

    to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:

    reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,

    to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:

    Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,

    to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:

    ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
    (β).
    Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):

    satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,

    disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
    (γ).
    Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:

    quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,

    too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:

    quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?

    id. Brut. 18, 70:

    clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,

    too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:

    potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,

    id. 25, 1, 11:

    est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ut

  • 63 utei

    ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
    I.
    As adv. of manner.
    A.
    Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
    1.
    In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:

    salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?

    id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:

    ut vales?

    id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:

    ut sese in Samnio res habent?

    Liv. 10, 18, 11:

    ut valet? ut meminit nostri?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
    2.
    In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):

    ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:

    ut dissimulat malus!

    id. ib. 5, 4, 13:

    ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!

    id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;

    ut lenta materies fuit!

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:

    ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:

    ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:

    ut falsus animi est!

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:

    heia! ut elegans est!

    id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:

    fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!

    id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:

    Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:

    quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!

    id. Mil. 24, 64:

    qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!

    id. Fl. 5, 12:

    quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!

    id. Att. 3, 11, 2:

    quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!

    Verg. E. 8, 41:

    ut melius quidquid erit pati!

    Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:

    ut tu Semper eris derisor!

    id. S. 2, 6, 53:

    o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!

    Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:

    ut me in supremis consolatus est!

    Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
    3.
    In dependent questions.
    (α).
    With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:

    hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:

    hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:

    vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 10:

    illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,

    id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:

    viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?

    Cat. 61, 77:

    viden ut perniciter exiluere?

    id. 62, 8:

    adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,

    id. 62, 12:

    aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),

    Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:

    nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,

    id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
    (β).
    With subj. (class.):

    nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:

    oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,

    id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:

    nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,

    id. Am. prol. 104:

    narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:

    tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:

    videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:

    videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?

    id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:

    credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 4:

    videte ut hoc iste correxerit,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:

    docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,

    Liv. 23, 5, 8:

    aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,

    Prop. 1, 2, 9:

    infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,

    Quint. 6, 5, 10:

    vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,

    Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:

    nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:

    audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:

    mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
    B.
    Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
    1.
    Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):

    ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:

    apparatus sum ut videtis,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 10:

    verum postremo impetravi ut volui,

    id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:

    ero ut me voles esse,

    id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:

    faciam ut tu voles,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:

    ut potero feram,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:

    faciam ut mones,

    id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:

    Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:

    cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?

    id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:

    ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,

    id. ib. 17, 49:

    homo demens, ut isti putant,

    id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,

    id. ib. 1, 46, 70:

    non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,

    id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:

    Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,

    Liv. 3, 50, 4:

    (Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,

    id. 10, 46, 16:

    sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,

    id. 21, 4, 1:

    nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:

    servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,

    id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):

    si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:

    quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:

    quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,

    id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:

    incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,

    id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:

    tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:

    satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,

    id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
    2.
    With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;

    ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:

    sic sum ut vides,

    id. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:

    ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,

    Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:

    haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:

    te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:

    causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,

    id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:

    sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,

    Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:

    eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,

    Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:

    ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:

    cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,

    id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
    3.
    Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):

    gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:

    age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:

    utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:

    utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,

    id. Most. 3, 1, 14:

    non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:

    ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;

    v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,

    id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
    4.
    Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
    a.
    Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:

    atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:

    ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,

    id. Men. 5, 2, 1:

    haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:

    praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 5:

    atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 25, 51:

    permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:

    magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:

    Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,

    Liv. 3, 6, 1:

    tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,

    id. 3, 71, 5:

    transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,

    id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:

    mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),

    Plaut. Men. prol. 30:

    Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,

    as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,

    Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,

    id. ib. 5, 33, 92:

    ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,

    Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
    b.
    Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:

    hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:

    ut est captus hominum,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:

    Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,

    for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:

    nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,

    considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:

    (orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,

    for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:

    multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,

    id. Sen. 4, 12:

    consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,

    Liv. 1, 18, 1:

    florentem jam ut tum res erant,

    id. 1, 3, 3:

    Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,

    id. 24, 28, 1:

    Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,

    id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:

    Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,

    id. 1, 57, 1:

    vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,

    id. 32, 33, 9:

    Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,

    Nep. Epam. 5, 2:

    ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,

    Curt. 9, 1, 14:

    multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,

    Tac. G. 30. —
    c.
    Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):

    non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,

    seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:

    prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:

    facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,

    Liv. 1, 34, 6:

    inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,

    id. 38, 18, 7:

    Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,

    id. 33, 4, 11:

    Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,

    id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:

    Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,

    id. 9, 45, 10:

    igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,

    id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:

    omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,

    as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:

    in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,

    id. 3, 5, 9:

    ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,

    id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:

    ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,

    Liv. 3, 16, 2:

    gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,

    id. 7, 23, 6.—
    d.
    With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:

    perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,

    Cic. Clu. 25, 70:

    in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,

    Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
    C.
    Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):

    in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:

    flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),

    Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:

    in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,

    Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
    II.
    Conj.
    A.
    Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
    1.
    In gen.
    (α).
    With sic as correlative:

    haec res sic est ut narro tibi,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:

    quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:

    Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,

    id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:

    si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,

    id. Brut. 72, 251:

    sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,

    id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,

    id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
    (β).
    With ita as correlative:

    ut sementem feceris, ita metes,

    Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:

    quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,

    id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:

    non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,

    Liv. 1, 53, 1:

    ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,

    Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
    (γ).
    With other correlatives:

    in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,

    Cato, R. R. 78:

    encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,

    id. ib. 80:

    cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:

    disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:

    ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,

    id. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    fecisti item ut praedones solent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:

    item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;

    so with item,

    id. Or. 60, 202:

    is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,

    Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:

    nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,

    Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:

    si aliter ut dixi accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    (δ).
    Without correlative:

    rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,

    Sall. J. 71, 5:

    quare perge ut instituisti,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:

    apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,

    id. ib. 1, 38, 59:

    miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:

    comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,

    id. ib. 13, 5:

    ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,

    Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
    (α).
    = cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:

    ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?

    Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:

    ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,

    Liv. 26, 37, 6:

    Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:

    fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
    (β).
    Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:

    consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,

    Liv. 4, 6, 2:

    Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,

    id. 21, 11, 5:

    ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,

    id. 21, 8, 1:

    haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,

    id. 3, 55, 15:

    in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,

    id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:

    uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,

    Tac. Agr. 6:

    ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,

    Quint. 10, 1, 74:

    ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,

    id. 12, 2, 12:

    quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,

    id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:

    ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,

    Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
    b.
    Ita... ut;

    in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:

    ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:

    ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:

    sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
    c.
    In exemplifications.
    (α).
    In gen., as for example, for instance:

    nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:

    sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:

    qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:

    est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:

    est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,

    Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;

    if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
    (β).
    Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:

    ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:

    ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:

    ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 26:

    ut si qui in foro cantet,

    id. Off. 1, 40, 145:

    ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,

    Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:

    ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,

    Quint. 3, 8, 23:

    ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,

    id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:

    ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,

    Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
    d.
    Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:

    qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:

    ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 52:

    habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:

    Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,

    Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;

    ut hominem ingratum non invitus,

    in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:

    qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,

    Liv. 25, 40, 4:

    qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,

    id. 24, 45, 12:

    Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,

    Nep. Att. 16:

    et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:

    hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 65:

    id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,

    id. 9, 3, 35.—
    e.
    Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:

    mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:

    Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:

    ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,

    id. ib. 2, 14, 1:

    ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:

    qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,

    id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:

    similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,

    like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
    f.
    Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,

    id. Caecin. 2, 7:

    ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,

    id. Clu. 21, 57:

    ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:

    nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,

    Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
    (α).
    With ita understood:

    facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
    (β).
    With virtual superlatives:

    ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:

    ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
    (γ).
    The superlatives omitted in either clause:

    ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,

    Cic. Sen. 18, 64:

    ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:

    pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §

    68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,

    Liv. 9, 6, 1:

    ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,

    id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:

    nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,

    in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
    (δ).
    With a comparative in one of the terms:

    major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
    (ε).
    Without superlative, as, according as:

    de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,

    Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
    B.
    Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
    1.
    With perf. indic.
    a.
    In gen., as soon as:

    principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:

    ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,

    Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:

    ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,

    id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:

    ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:

    qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:

    eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,

    id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:

    qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:

    ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,

    Liv. 21, 54, 9:

    ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,

    id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
    b.
    In oblique discourse:

    Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
    c.
    With primum, when first, as soon as ever:

    atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:

    Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,

    Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
    d.
    Rarely of coincidence in time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
    e.
    Ut = ex quo tempore. since:

    ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,

    Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
    2.
    With imperf. indic.
    (α).
    In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;

    deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,

    Liv. 10, 22, 2:

    deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,

    id. 10, 28, 20:

    Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,

    id. 25, 26, 15:

    ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,

    id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:

    consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,

    Liv. 22, 44, 1:

    ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,

    id. 22, 14, 3:

    ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,

    id. 24, 1, 6.—
    (β).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
    3.
    With plupf.
    (α).
    = postquam (rare):

    ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:

    ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
    (β).
    In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:

    litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),

    Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:

    ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),

    id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of repeated past actions, whenever:

    ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,

    Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:

    ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,

    id. Clu. 19, 52:

    ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:

    ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,

    Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:

    ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
    4.
    With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:

    neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
    C.
    Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
    1.
    In object clauses.
    a.
    In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:

    malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:

    equidem mallem ut ires,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:

    equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:

    volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,

    id. Vatin. 7, 17:

    precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:

    postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,

    id. Clu. 2, 5:

    petebant uti equites praemitterent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11:

    tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,

    Cic. Quint. 10, 34:

    hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:

    illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,

    Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:

    cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:

    senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 4:

    exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:

    Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;

    esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:

    ut illum di deaeque perdant,

    id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
    (β).
    After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:

    ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,

    id. Att. 11, 16, 4:

    tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:

    censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,

    I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:

    dixeram a principio ut sileremus,

    I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:

    Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,

    id. Sest. 64, 133:

    equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,

    id. Att. 16, 8, 2:

    M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,

    exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
    (γ).
    After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:

    rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:

    decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,

    id. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,

    Liv. 25, 33, 3:

    illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),

    id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:

    ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:

    servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,

    Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
    (δ).
    After verbs of command or prohibition:

    imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,

    Liv. 28, 33, 11:

    illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 60:

    M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,

    Liv. 41, 27, 3:

    consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:

    hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:

    iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,

    Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
    (ε).
    Verbs expressing permission:

    atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,

    Cic. Tull. 20, 47:

    concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:

    dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,

    id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:

    ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
    b.
    In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
    (α).
    After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:

    ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:

    facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,

    he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:

    navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,

    care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:

    ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:

    cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,

    id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,

    id. Planc. 20, 50:

    omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,

    id. Clu. 41, 116:

    omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,

    Liv. 24, 34, 12:

    omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:

    se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,

    Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
    (β).
    Verbs of effecting:

    nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:

    prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:

    caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:

    sol efficit ut omnia floreant,

    id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:

    potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 44:

    non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,

    id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:

    di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:

    quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,

    id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
    (γ).
    Verbs of obtaining:

    Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,

    what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:

    facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,

    Liv. 35, 51, 6:

    vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,

    id. 4, 25, 13.—
    (δ).
    Verbs of inducing and compelling:

    nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:

    civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:

    Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,

    id. ib. 16, 18, 2:

    ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:

    impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 42:

    ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
    (ε).
    After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:

    cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,

    not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:

    obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9:

    se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,

    id. ib. 1, 13:

    mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:

    (natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,

    id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:

    hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,

    he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?

    the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:

    respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,

    id. Or. 1, 54, 272:

    meruit ut suspendatur,

    Sen. Ep. 7, 5:

    quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
    c.
    After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:

    rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39:

    vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:

    verebar ut redderentur,

    id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:

    sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,

    id. ib. 14, 14, 1:

    veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,

    id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:

    timeo ut sustineas,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:

    o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;

    si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:

    quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,

    Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
    d.
    In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):

    me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:

    te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:

    egone ut te interpellem?

    id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:

    pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?

    id. Planc. 13, 31:

    egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?

    Sen. Med. 927.—
    2.
    In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
    a.
    With a predicate adjective.
    (α).
    With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:

    id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:

    reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:

    praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,

    id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:

    ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,

    id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:

    proximum est ut doceam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:

    extremum est ut te orem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:

    ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):

    aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:

    non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,

    id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
    (β).
    In clauses expressing result and consequence:

    magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,

    that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:

    consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,

    id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
    (γ).
    In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):

    concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,

    Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:

    concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),

    id. ib. 5, 18:

    si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 1, 1:

    de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,

    Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:

    non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:

    deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,

    rarum est ut,

    Quint. 3, 19, 3:

    quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:

    multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,

    Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
    b.
    With predicate nouns.
    (α).
    Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:

    quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:

    Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,

    Liv. 6, 31, 7:

    vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,

    Cic. Planc. 2, 5:

    consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,

    ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:

    tempus est ut eamus ad forum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:

    dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,

    id. ib. 4, 3, 9:

    primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:

    ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 14, 38:

    caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,

    duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,

    caput est ut, etc.,

    id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:

    fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,

    id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,

    ratio est ut,

    id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Expressing result and consequence:

    est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,

    Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
    c.
    With impersonal verbs.
    (α).
    Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:

    convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:

    mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:

    placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,

    id. Or. 1, 34, 155:

    ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,

    id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:

    fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:

    potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,

    it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—

    So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:

    sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,

    id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:

    utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,

    id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
    (β).
    Denoting consequence:

    ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,

    Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:

    sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:

    sequitur ut causa ponatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
    (γ).
    Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:

    est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,

    it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:

    non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,

    there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:

    quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:

    jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    Liv. 8, 27, 3:

    cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,

    Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:

    jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,

    Liv. 2, 23, 14:

    prope est ut lamentationem exigat,

    Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:

    arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:

    futurum est ut sapiam,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
    3.
    In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
    a.
    With the idea of resolve, etc.:

    vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,

    Liv. 9, 26, 4:

    sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
    b.
    Of agreement:

    fide accepta ut remitterent eum,

    Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
    c.
    Of law, rule, etc.:

    praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,

    Liv. 24, 25, 10:

    senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,

    id. 35, 24, 2:

    haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 42:

    Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
    d.
    Of duty:

    jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
    e.
    Of purpose, inclination, etc.:

    vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,

    make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:

    causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:

    confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,

    id. Font. 2, 3.—
    f.
    Of effect, result, etc.:

    fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:

    habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,

    id. Pis. 32, 81:

    damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
    4.
    In clauses of manner, that, so that.
    a.
    With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;

    anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
    b.
    With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:

    ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),

    id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §

    162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:

    non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,

    id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:

    haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:

    hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
    c.
    Without antecedents, so that:

    cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,

    Cic. Lael. 24, 90:

    in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,

    id. Planc. 25, 60:

    mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6:

    accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,

    id. B. C. 3, 79:

    pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,

    Liv. 3, 13, 10:

    fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,

    id. 8, 17, 6:

    nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
    d.
    Idiomat. with non.
    (α).
    Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,

    Liv. 24, 8, 10:

    non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,

    id. 45, 25, 12:

    nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:

    ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,

    id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:

    nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,

    id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;

    neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
    (β).
    Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;

    rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,

    not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:

    haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,

    id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:

    benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;

    non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,

    Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.

    Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,

    Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,

    Tac. Or. 10.—
    e.
    Conditional or concessive.
    (α).
    Granting that ( for argument's sake):

    quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?

    id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:

    ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,

    id. Clu. 53, 146:

    quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:

    quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?

    id. Div. 2, 14, 33:

    nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,

    id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
    (β).
    Even if, although:

    qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:

    ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:

    ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,

    id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:

    ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,

    id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:

    qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,

    Liv. 36, 7, 20:

    neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,

    id. 21, 47, 5:

    at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?

    id. 34, 32, 13:

    ut jam Macedonia deficiat,

    id. 42, 12, 10:

    cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,

    id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:

    ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9:

    ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,

    Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:

    ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,

    Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:

    quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:

    quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
    (γ).
    Provided that:

    ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,

    Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;

    succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
    5.
    In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
    a.
    In gen.:

    quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:

    haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:

    intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,

    id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:

    Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:

    id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:

    ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
    b.
    Esp., after certain antecedents.
    (α).
    After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):

    id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
    (β).
    After idcirco:

    idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:

    legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,

    id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    After ideo and eo:

    non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 73:

    Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
    (δ).
    After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:

    ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?

    Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:

    homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
    (ε).
    After ea mente, hac mente:

    navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:

    hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
    (ζ).
    After potius quam:

    potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,

    Liv. 6, 28, 8:

    potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,

    id. 9, 14, 8.—
    c.
    Idiomat.
    (α).
    With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:

    ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?

    to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:

    reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,

    to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:

    Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,

    to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:

    ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
    (β).
    Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):

    satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,

    disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
    (γ).
    Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:

    quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,

    too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:

    quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?

    id. Brut. 18, 70:

    clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,

    too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:

    potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,

    id. 25, 1, 11:

    est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > utei

  • 64 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 65 stand

    A n
    1 ( piece of furniture) ( for coats) portemanteau m ; ( for hats) porte-chapeau m ; (for plant, trophy) guéridon m ; ( for sheet music) pupitre m à musique ;
    2 Comm ( stall) ( on market) éventaire m ; ( kiosk) kiosque m ; (at exhibition, trade fair) stand m ; news(paper) stand kiosque à journaux ;
    3 Sport ( in stadium) tribunes fpl ;
    4 Jur ( witness box) barre f ; to take the stand aller à la barre ;
    5 ( stance) position f ; to take ou make a stand on sth prendre position sur qch ;
    6 ( resistance to attack) résistance f ; (to make) a last stand (livrer) une dernière bataille ;
    7 ( in cricket) a stand of 120 runs une série ininterrompue de 120 runs ;
    8 ( standstill) to come to a stand s'arrêter ; the traffic was brought to a stand la circulation a été paralysée ;
    9 ( area) ( of corn) champ m ; ( of trees) groupe m.
    B vtr ( prét, pp stood)
    1 ( place) mettre [person, object] ; stand it over there mets-le là-bas ; to stand sb on/in etc mettre qn sur/dans etc ; to stand sth on/in/against etc mettre qch sur/dans/contre etc ;
    2 ( bear) supporter [person, insects, certain foods] ; I can't stand liars je ne supporte pas les menteurs ; he can't stand to do ou doing il ne supporte pas de faire ; I can't stand him doing je ne supporte pas qu'il fasse ; she won't stand any nonsense/bad behaviour elle ne tolère pas qu'on fasse des bêtises/qu'on se conduise mal ; it won't stand close scrutiny il ne faut pas le regarder en détail ;
    3 ( pay for) to stand sb sth payer qch à qn ; to stand sb a meal/a drink payer un repas/à boire à qn ;
    4 Jur to stand trial passer en jugement ; to stand security for sb, to stand bail for sb se porter garant de qn ;
    5 ( be liable) to stand to lose sth risquer de perdre qch ; she stands to gain a million pounds if the deal goes through elle peut gagner un million de livres si l'affaire marche.
    C vi ( prét, pp stood)
    1 ( also stand up) se lever ; let's stand, we'll see better mettons-nous debout, nous verrons mieux ;
    2 ( be upright) [person] se tenir debout ; [object] tenir debout ; they were standing at the bar/in the doorway ils se tenaient debout au bar/dans l'embrasure de la porte ; they were standing talking near the car ils étaient en train de parler près de la voiture ; to remain standing rester debout ; only a few houses were left standing seules quelques maisons sont restées debout ; there's not much of the cathedral still standing il ne reste que des ruines de la cathédrale ; don't just stand there, do something! ne reste pas planté là! fais quelque chose! ;
    3 ( be positioned) [building, village etc] être ; ( clearly delineated) se dresser ; the house/tree stood on top of the hill la maison/l'arbre était or se dressait au sommet de la colline ; ‘the train now standing at platform one…’ ‘le train au départ du quai numéro un…’ ; the train was standing at the platform for half an hour le train est resté une demi-heure à quai ;
    4 ( step) to stand on marcher sur [insect, foot] ;
    5 (be) to stand empty [house] rester vide ; to stand accused of sth être accusé de qch ; to stand ready être prêt ; as things stand… étant donné l'état actuel des choses… ; I want to know where I stand fig je voudrais savoir où j'en suis ; where do you stand on abortion/capital punishment? quelle est votre position sur l'avortement/la peine de mort? ; nothing stands between me and getting the job rien ne s'oppose à ce que j'obtienne ce poste ; my savings are all that stand between us and poverty la seule chose qui nous préserve de la misère ce sont mes économies ; to stand in sb's way lit bloquer le passage à qn ; fig faire obstacle à qn ; to stand in the way of progress fig faire obstacle au progrès ;
    6 ( remain valid) [offer, agreement, statement] rester valable ; the record still stands le record n'est toujours pas battu ;
    7 ( measure in height) he stands six feet il mesure or fait six pieds de haut ; the tower/hill stands 500 metres high la tour/colline fait 500 mètres de haut ;
    8 ( be at certain level) the record/total stands at 300 le record/total est de 300 ; the score stands at 3-0 le score est 3-0 ;
    9 ( be a candidate) se présenter ; to stand as se présenter comme [candidate] ; to stand for parliament/president se présenter aux élections législatives/présidentielles ;
    10 ( act as) to stand as godfather for sb être parrain de qn ; to stand as guarantor for sb se porter garant de qn ;
    11 ( not move) [water, mixture] reposer ; to let sth stand laisser reposer qch ; let the tea stand laissez infuser le thé ;
    12 Naut to stand for mettre le cap sur [port, Dover etc].
    to leave sb standing [athlete, student, company] devancer qn ; as a cook, she leaves me standing elle est beaucoup plus douée que moi en cuisine ; to stand up and be counted se faire entendre.
    stand about, stand around rester là (doing à faire).
    stand aside s'écarter (to do pour faire).
    1 ( move back) [person, crowd] reculer (from de) ; fig prendre du recul (from par rapport à) ;
    2 ( be situated) [house] être en retrait (from par rapport à).
    stand by:
    1 ( be prepared) se tenir prêt ; [doctor, army, emergency services] être prêt à intervenir ; to be standing by to do [services] être prêt à faire ; ‘stand by for take-off!’ Aviat ‘prêt pour le décollage!’ ;
    2 ( refuse to act) rester là ; he stood by and did nothing il est resté là sans intervenir ; how can you stand by and let that happen? comment est-ce que tu peux laisser faire ça sans rien dire? ;
    stand by [sb/sth] ( be loyal to) soutenir [person] ; s'en tenir à [principles, offer, decision] ; assumer [actions].
    1 ( resign) [president, chairman, candidate] démissionner (in favour of en faveur de) ;
    2 Jur quitter la barre.
    stand for:
    stand for [sth]
    1 ( represent) [party, person] représenter [ideal] ;
    2 ( denote) [initials] vouloir dire [qch] ; [company, name] être un gage de [quality etc] ;
    3 ( tolerate) [person] tolérer [cut, reduction, insubordination] ; I wouldn't stand for that je ne le tolérerais pas ; don't stand for him being so rude to you! ne le laisse pas te parler comme ça!
    stand in: to stand in for sb remplacer qn.
    stand off:
    1 ( reach a stalemate) aboutir à une impasse ;
    2 Naut courir au large ;
    stand [sb] off , stand off [sb] ( lay off) licencier [workers].
    1 ( be noticeable) [person] sortir de l'ordinaire ; [building, design] se détacher, ressortir (against sur) ; [work, ability, achievement, person] être remarquable ; to stand out from [person] se distinguer de [group] ;
    2 ( protrude) [veins] saillir ;
    3 ( take a stance) résister ; [person] to stand out for revendiquer [right, principle] ; to stand out against se prononcer contre [change, decision].
    stand over ( be postponed) être remis à plus tard ;
    stand over [sb]
    1 ( supervise) être sur le dos de [employee etc] ;
    2 ( watch) don't stand over me! ne reste pas dans mes pattes !
    stand to être en état d'alerte ; to stand to to do se tenir prêt à faire ;
    stand [sb] to mettre [qn] en état d'alerte.
    stand up:
    1 ( rise) se lever (to do pour faire) ;
    2 ( stay upright) se tenir debout ;
    3 ( withstand investigation) [argument, theory, story] tenir debout ; to stand up to résister à [scrutiny, investigation] ;
    4 ( resist) to stand up to tenir tête à [person] ;
    5 ( defend) to stand up for défendre [person, rights] ; to stand up for oneself se défendre ;
    stand [sb/sth] up
    1 ( place upright) mettre [qn] debout [person] ; redresser [object] ; to stand sth up against/on mettre qch contre/sur ;
    2 ( fail to meet) poser un lapin à [girlfriend, boyfriend].

    Big English-French dictionary > stand

  • 66 Mark

    1. n Марк
    2. n знак

    interrogation mark, mark of interrogationвопросительный знак

    mark of accent — ударение, знак ударения

    trade mark — фабричная марка; фабричный знак; товарный знак

    textual mark — корректурный знак, проставляемый в тексте

    3. n метка, пометка

    containing mark — метка сосуда, калиброванного на наливание

    4. n штамп, штемпель
    5. n клеймо, тавро; фабричная марка, фабричное клеймо; торговый знак
    6. n штемпель
    7. n ярлык; ценник
    8. n ориентир; метка; зарубка; веха
    9. n отметка, черта
    10. n спорт. линия старта, старт

    to get off the mark — стартовать, взять старт

    11. n спорт. линия финиша
    12. n шрам, рубец; порез; царапина

    arrow mark — веерообразная царапина; «комета»

    scratch mark — царапина; риска

    13. n след, отпечаток
    14. n пятно, родинка
    15. n норма; стандарт; уровень

    to be near the mark — приближаться к принятой норме, приближаться к принятому стандарту

    datum mark — базис, репер, отметка уровня

    16. n отметка, балл, оценка

    the highest mark — высший балл, высшая оценка

    she got top marks in the exam — она сдала экзамен на «отлично»

    17. n цель; мишень

    to overshoot the mark — стрелять с перелётом, давать перелёт

    you have overshot the mark — ты зашёл слишком далеко, это ты хватил

    off the mark — неточно; ошибочно, неправильно, неверно

    you are right off the mark — ты ошибаешься; ты попал пальцем в небо

    he was afraid to become a mark for talkers — он опасался стать мишенью для признак, показатель

    18. n известность; значительность

    a man of mark — известный человек; значительный человек; человек, достойный внимания

    of great mark — очень известный, заслуживающий внимания

    of little mark — малоизвестный, не стоящий внимания

    19. n ист. рубеж, граница; марка
    20. n ист. марка, крестьянская община в средневековой Германии
    21. n ист. спорт. жарг. подложечная ямка
    22. n ист. груб. то, что по вкусу

    field mark — метка поля; маркер поля

    23. n ист. лингв. помета, знак; признак
    24. n ист. стирание зубов у лошади, по которому можно определить её возраст

    to toe the mark — подчиняться требованиям, строго придерживаться правил; выполнять свой долг;

    25. v ставить знак, метку

    dot mark — точка; метка в виде точки

    end mark — метка конца; маркер конца

    26. v штамповать, штемпелевать
    27. v клеймить, таврить
    28. v маркировать; ставить фабричную марку, фабричное клеймо или торговый знак

    long mark — знак долготы,

    29. v ставить расценку
    30. v отмечать, обозначать; размечать; расставлять указательные знаки

    he marked the passage I was to read — он отметил отрывок, который мне следовало прочесть

    31. v наносить
    32. v отмечать; указывать
    33. v оставлять след, пятно

    the wet cups have marked the table badly — стол испортили, потому что ставили на него мокрые чашки

    34. v оставаться
    35. v оставлять шрам, рубец
    36. v оставлять след, отпечаток

    her face was marked with suffering — по её лицу было видно, что она много страдала в жизни

    37. v иметь родимые пятна или естественные метины

    hole registration mark — световое пятно, используемое для приводки

    38. v выставлять отметку, балл
    39. v выставлять балл
    40. v вести счёт, записывать очки
    41. v отмечать, характеризовать; отличать, выделять

    qualities which mark him off from his colleagues — качества, которые отличают его от его коллег

    42. v отмечать, ознаменовывать

    he called for champaign to mark the event — он велел подать шампанского, чтобы отпраздновать это событие

    43. v выражать, проявлять
    44. v замечать, запоминать
    45. v поэт. замечать, наблюдать
    46. v книжн. назначать, предназначать; предопределять

    he was marked for greatness by his extraordinary talents — при таких необыкновенных способностях его, несомненно, ждало большое будущее

    47. v опекать, прикрывать
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. blemish (noun) blemish; dent; scar; scratch; stain
    2. effect (noun) consequence; effect; impact; influence; manifestation; repercussion; result
    3. fool (noun) butt; chump; dupe; easy mark; fall guy; fish; fool; gudgeon; gull; monkey; patsy; pigeon; sap; saphead; simple; sitting duck; sucker; target; tool; victim
    4. imprint (noun) blaze; impression; imprint; underlining
    5. indication (noun) evidence; index; indication; indicator; indicia; sign; significant; signification; stamp; symbol; symptom; token; witness
    6. logo (noun) badge; brand; emblem; label; logo; logotype; representation; trade mark; trademark
    7. note (noun) distinction; eminence; glory; illustriousness; lustre; notability; note; pre-eminence; prestige; prominence; renown
    8. notice (noun) attention; cognisance; cognizance; ear; heed; notice; observance; observation; regard; remark
    9. quality (noun) affection; attribute; character; characteristic; difference; feature; idiosyncrasy; peculiarity; property; quality; savor; savour; trait; virtue
    10. test (noun) benchmark; criterion; gauge; measure; standard; test; touchstone; yardstick
    11. use (noun) aim; ambition; bull's-eye; duty; function; goal; object; objective; purpose; quaesitum; use
    12. aim for (verb) aim for; target
    13. argue (verb) argue; attest; bespeak; betoken; point to; testify; witness
    14. beat (verb) beat; count
    15. brand (verb) brand; earmark; impress
    16. characterize (verb) characterise; characterize; individualize; individuate; qualify; signalize; singularize
    17. choose (verb) choose; cull; elect; opt for; optate; pick; pick out; prefer; select; single out; take
    18. deface (verb) deface; disfigure; grade; score
    19. denote (verb) denote; designate; indicate
    20. dirty (verb) dirty; soil; stain
    21. distinguish (verb) differentiate; discriminate; distinguish; individualise; set apart; signalise
    22. imprint (verb) blaze; identify; imprint; inscribe; label; print; sign; tag
    23. see (verb) behold; descry; discern; espy; mind; note; notice; observe; perceive; remark; see; twig; view
    24. show (verb) chronicle; demonstrate; evidence; evince; exhibit; illustrate; list; manifest; ostend; proclaim; read; record; register; say; show
    Антонимический ряд:
    clean; conceal; ignore; obliteration; omit; overlook; plainness

    English-Russian base dictionary > Mark

  • 67 sei

    (orig. and ante-class. form seī), conj. [from a pronominal stem = Gr. he; Sanscr. sva-, self; cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 778; Curt. Gr. Etym. 396], a conditional particle, if.
    I.
    Prop.
    a.
    With indic.; so in gen., in conditions which are assumed to be true, with the verb in pres. or perf.; less freq. in imperf or pluperf.; and in conditions which may probably become true, with the verb in fut. or fut. perf. (Madv. Gram. § 332; Zumpt, Gram. § 517).
    (α).
    Pres.: SI IN IVS VOCAT, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25, and ap. Porphyr. Hor. S. 1, 9, 65: SI MORBVS AEVITASVE VITIVM ESCIT... SI NOLET, etc., id. ap. Gell. l. l.: spero, si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    si vis, dabo tibi testes,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 37, 58:

    si voltis,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 44:

    si placet,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 71;

    1, 21, 34: si tuo commodo fleri potest,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 14:

    si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 30:

    si populus plurimum potest,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 23:

    si Massilienses per delectos cives summā justitiā reguntur, inest tamen, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 43; cf. id. Off. 3, 8, 35:

    quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si nec privata domus continere voces conjurationis tuae potest? si illustrantur, si erumpunt omnia?

    id. Cat. 1, 3, 6:

    si pudor quaeritur, si probitas, si fides, Mancinus haec attulit,

    id. Rep. 3, 18, 28:

    Si quaerimus, cur, etc.,

    id. Brut. 95, 325. —Strengthened by modo:

    magnifica quidem res, si modo est ulla,

    Cic. Div. 1, 1, 1:

    deliget populus, si modo salvus esse vult, optimum quemque,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    quae (virtus) est una, si modo est, maxime munifica,

    id. ib. 3, 8, 12; id. Tusc. 2, 4, 33; id. de Or. 2, 43, 182:

    si quisquam est facilis, hic est,

    id. Att. 14, 1, 2:

    si ulla res est, quam tibi me petente faciendam putes, haec ea sit,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 11:

    SI AGNATVS NEC ESCIT, GENTILIS FAMILIAM NANCITOR, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Collat. Leg. Mos. et Rom. 16, 4: quae (libertas), si aequa non est, ne libertas quidem est,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 31, 47; 1, 32, 49:

    id si minus intellegitur, ex dissensionibus percipi potest,

    id. Lael. 7, 23: BACANALIA SEI QVA SVNT, EXSTRAD QVAM SEI QVID IBEI SACRI EST... FACIATIS VTEI DISMOTA SIENT, S. C. de Bacch. fin.:

    dicito, si quid vis, non nocebo,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 235:

    si qui sunt, qui philosophorum auctoritate moveantur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    si quid generis istiusmodi me delectat, pictura delectat,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 3:

    si aliquid dandum est voluptati,

    id. Sen. 13, 44;

    four times repeated,

    id. ib. 11, 38.—So esp. after mirum est or miror, as expressing reality (= quod or cum; cf. Gr. ei):

    noli mirari, si hoc non impetras,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:

    ecquid mirum est, si tam ab amico animo pacem petit? Curt 4, 11, 4: miraris, si superbiam tuam ferre non possumus?

    id. 8, 7, 14.—

    With a negative conclusion, to denote that, although the condition is true, or is conceded, a certain inference does not follow: nec, si omne enuntiatum aut verum aut falsum est, sequitur ilico esse causas, etc.,

    Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    nec. si non obstatur, propterea etiam permittitur,

    id. Phil. 13, 6, 19:

    si veniam meretur qui inprudens nocuit, non meretur praemium qui inprudens profuit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 73:

    nec ideo ignis minus urere potest, si in materiam incidit inviolabilem flammis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 5, 1.—
    (β).
    Imperf.:

    ea si erant, magnas habebas omnibus, dis gratias,

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 17; Cic. Rep. 1, 27, 43:

    si quis antea mirabatur, quid esset, quod, etc.,

    id. Sest. 1.—
    (γ).
    Perf.:

    SI MEMBRVM RVPIT NI CVM EO PACIT TALIO ESTO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. talio, p. 363 Müll.: si animum contulisti in istam rationem, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 23, 37:

    si Roma condita est secundo anno Olympiadis septimae, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 10, 18:

    quos (tyrannos) si boni oppresserunt, recreatur civitas: sin audaces, fit illa factio,

    id. ib. 1, 44, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 65:

    si ita sensit, ut loquitur,

    id. ib. 3, 21, 32;

    1, 27, 43: si modo hoc in Lycurgi potestate potuit esse,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 24:

    si modo in philosophiā aliquid profecimus,

    id. Off. 3, 8, 37: si quis eorum [p. 1689] (servorum) sub centone crepuit, nullum mihi vitium facit, Cato ap. Fest. s. v. prohibere, p. 234 sq. Müll.:

    si quid sceleste fecit,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 27:

    si quam opinionem jam vestris mentibus comprehendistis, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    si quando regi justo vim populus attulit regnove eum spoliavit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 42, 65; cf. id. ib. 1, 38, 59; id. Lael. 7, 24.—After mirum est or miror, to express a reality (cf. a, supra):

    minime mirum, si ista res adhuc nostrā linguā inlustrata non est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 13, 55; id. Deiot. 4, 12:

    quid mirum, si haec invitus amisi?

    Tac. A. 12, 37:

    miraris, si eo tempore matrona dicere potuit, escende?

    Sen. Contr. 2, 13, 1:

    minime est mirandum, si vita ejus fuit secura,

    Nep. Cim. 4, 4.—Very often followed by certe, profecto, etc., to express a conclusion, as certain as the unquestionable assumption:

    quod si fuit in re publicā tempus ullum, cum, etc., tum profecto fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 2, 7:

    si quisquam fuit umquam remotus ab inani laude, ego profecto is sum,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 13:

    etenim si nulla fuit umquam tam imbecillo mulier animo, quae, etc., certe nos, etc.,

    id. Fam. 5, 16, 6:

    si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, tum profecto, etc.,

    id. Att. 4, 2, 2; id. Mil. 2, 4; 7, 19.—Esp. with a negative conclusion (v. a fin. supra, and cf. quia, etsi):

    non, si tibi ante profuit, semper proderit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 12:

    non, si Opimium defendisti, idcirco te isti bonum civem putabunt,

    id. de Or. 2, 40, 170:

    neque enim, si tuae res gestae ceterorum laudibus obscuritatem attulerunt, idcirco Pompeii memoriam amisimus,

    id. Deiot. 4, 12:

    nec, si capitis dolorem facit, inutilis hominibus sol est,

    Quint. 5, 10, 82.—
    (δ).
    Pluperf.: si improbum Cresphontem existimaveras, etc., Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    nec mirum, eos si orationes turbaverant,

    Liv. 32, 20, 2 (Trag. v. 156 Vahl.):

    si hoc ita fato datum erat, ut,

    Liv. 30, 30, 3.—So esp. in indef. clauses of repeated action:

    plausum si quis eorum aliquando acceperat, ne quid peccasset pertimescebat,

    whenever, Cic. Sest. 49, 105:

    si quando nostri navem religaverant, hostes succurrebant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    si quando suis fortunis forte desperare coeperant,

    id. B. G. 3, 12.—
    (ε).
    Fut.: SI VOLET SVO VIVITO... SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; cf.: si voles advortere animum, comiter monstrabitur, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.); and:

    alte spectare si voles, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 23, 25:

    si jam eminebit foras,

    id. ib. 6, 26, 29:

    si me audietis,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 32:

    si mutuas non potero certum est sumam fenore,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 95:

    id persequar, si potero, subtilius,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 23, 42; cf. in the foll. z:

    nihil (offendet) si modo opus exstabit,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 5:

    si quid te volam, ubi eris?

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 96: si quod aliud oikeion reperies, Cic. Att. 1, 10, 3.—
    (ζ).
    Fut. perf.: si te hic offendero, moriere, Enn. ap. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1 (Trag. v. 301 Vahl.):

    si nostram rem publicam vobis et nascentem et crescentem ostendero,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 3:

    tum magis assentiere, si ad majora pervenero,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 62:

    expediri quae restant vix poterunt, si hoc incohatum reliqueris,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 55;

    1, 24, 38: pergratum mihi feceris, si de amicitiā disputaris,

    id. Lael. 4, 16:

    accommodabo ad eam (rem publicam), si potuero, omnem illam orationem, etc.... quod si tenere et consequi potuero, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70; so,

    si potuero,

    id. ib. 2, 30, 53; id. Brut. 5, 21:

    si potuerit,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 89:

    si modo id exprimere Latine potuero,

    id. Rep. 1, 43, 66:

    si modo interpretari potuero,

    id. Leg. 2, 18, 45:

    si ne ei caput exoculassitis,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 26: si quid vos per laborem recte feceritis... Sed si quā per voluptatem nequiter feceritis, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 16, 1, 4:

    de iis te, si qui me forte locus admonuerit, commonebo,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 47.—
    b.
    With subj.; so in gen. of conditions assumed in statement, but implied not to be actual; the verb in pres. (rarely perf.) implies that the condition is still possible; in the imperf. and pluperf., that it is known to be unreal (Madv. Gram. § 347 sqq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 524).
    (α).
    Pres.:

    si habeat aurum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 12:

    abire hinc nullo pacto possim, si velim,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 2; so,

    si velim,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 10, 17:

    cum ipsi auxilium ferre, si cupiant, non queant,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9:

    si singulos numeremus,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 7: si jus suum populi teneant, id. ib. 1, 32, 48:

    si Scipionis desiderio me moveri negem,

    id. Lael. 3, 10:

    si ad verba rem deflectere velimus,

    id. Caecin. 18, 51:

    si quis varias gentes despicere possit, videat primum, etc.,

    id. Rep. 3, 9, 14.—In expressing a wish ( poet. for utinam), usu. with O:

    O si angulus ille accedat, qui, etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 8; 2, 6, 10:

    O mihi praeteritos referat si Juppiter annos,

    Verg. A. 8, 560;

    also alone: si nunc se nobis ille aureus arbore ramus Ostendat nemore in tanto!

    would that, yet if, if however, id. ib. 6, 187:

    si quā fata aspera rumpas, Tu Marcellus eris,

    id. ib. 6, 882; cf. b, infra.—
    (β).
    Imperf.:

    qui si unus omnia consequi posset, nihil opus esset pluribus, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 34, 52:

    quae descriptio si esset ignota vobis, explicaretur a me,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 39:

    si ullum probarem simplex rei publicae genus,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 43:

    quod non fecissent profecto, si nihil ad eos pertinere arbitrarentur,

    id. Lael. 4, 13; cf. id. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 525: SEI QVES ESENT, QVEI SIBEI DEICERENT, S. C. de Bacch (twice). —Also with O, expressing a wish ( poet.):

    O si solitae quicquam virtutis adesset,

    Verg. A. 11, 415;

    and without O: si mihi, quae quondam fuerat... si nunc foret illa juventus,

    id. ib. 5, 398.—
    (γ).
    Perf.: SI INIVRIAM FAXIT ALTERI, VIGINTI QVINQVE AERIS POENAE SVNTO, Fragm. XII. Tabularum ap. Gell. 20, 1, 12: si jam data sit frux, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 724 P. (Ann. v. 412 Vahl.):

    perii, si me aspexerit!

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 164:

    victus sum, si dixeris,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 272:

    Romani si casu intervenerint,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, Cic. Rep. 3, 5, 8.—
    (δ).
    Pluperf.:

    si aliter accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:

    tum magis id diceres, si nuper in hortis Scipionis affuisses,

    id. Lael. 7, 25:

    mansisset eadem voluntas in eorum posteris, si regum similitudo permansisset,

    id. Rep. 1, 41, 64:

    si id fecisses,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; 2, 15, 38; 2, 36, 90:

    si quis in caelum ascendisset, etc.,

    id. Lael. 23, 88:

    si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius remisisset,

    id. Phil. 13, 1, 2.—
    c.
    Ellipt.
    (α).
    With pron. indef:

    istae artes, si modo aliquid, valent, ut acuant ingenia,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    aut nemo, aut, si quisquam, ille sapiens fuit,

    id. Lael. 2, 9; id. Or. 29, 103.—
    (β).
    In a negation, usu. si minus, si contra (= sin minus, sin aliter):

    plures haec tulit una civitas, si minus sapientes, at certe summā laude dignos,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    educ tecum omnes tuos: si minus, quam plurimos,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 10; id. de Or. 2, 16, 68, in this sense less freq. si non:

    utrum cetera nomina digesta habes an non? Si non... si etiam,

    id. Rosc. Com. 3, 9:

    si haec civitas est, civem esse me: si non, exsulem esse, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 3, 5; Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 104 sq.; id. Ps. 3, 2, 87; id. Poen. 5, 2, 24; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 66; 1, 6, 68; Liv. 28, 29, 4:

    hic venit in judicium, si nihil aliud, saltem ut, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 152; so, si nihil aliud, Liv 22, 29; 30, 35; 45, 37 fin., Curt. 4, 6, 28:

    si aliud nihil,

    id. 2, 43.—
    (γ).
    With forte:

    intelleges esse nihil a me nisi orationis acerbitatem et, si forte, raro litterarum missarum indiligentiam reprehensam,

    perhaps, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 7; cf.:

    vereor, ne nihil sim tui, nisi supplosionem pedis imitatus et pauca quaedam verba et aliquem, si forte, motum,

    id. de Or. 3, 12, 47.—
    2.
    With quod, and if, but if, if however, if:

    quod si in philosophiā tantum interest... quid tandem in causis existimandum est?

    Cic. Or. 16, 51:

    quod si fuit in re publicā tempus ullum... tum profecto fuit,

    id. Brut. 2, 7:

    quod si exemeris ex rerum naturā benevolentiae conjunctionem, nec domus ulla nec urbs stare poterit,

    id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    quod si non hic tantus fructus ostenderetur et si ex his studiis delectatio sola peteretur: tamen, etc.,

    id. Arch. 7, 16; id. Cat. 2, 5, 10; id. Rosc. Com. 18, 54.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    In subject or object-clauses, si with subj. sometimes takes the place of an inf.:

    apud Graecos opprobrio fuit adulescentibus, si amatores non haberent,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 3, 3: summa gloria constat ex tribus his;

    si diligit multitudo, si fidem habet, etc.,

    id. Off. 2, 9, 31:

    unam esse spem salutis docent, si eruptione factā extremum auxilium experirentur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5:

    illud ignoscere aequum erit, si... ne tuam quidem gloriam praeponam, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 41, 1; Nep. Ages. 4, 3: infinitum est, si singulos velim persequi. Sen. Q. N. 5, 17, 5; id. Tranq. 16, 2 (cf. si after mirum est, I. a. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In subst. clauses, to denote a doubtful assumption or future event (cf. quod):

    dixerunt, in eo verti puellae salutem, si postero die vindex injuriae ad tempus praesto esset,

    Liv. 3, 46:

    adjecerunt, Scipionem in eo positam habuisse spem pacis, si Hannibal et Mago ex Italiā non revocarentur,

    id. 30, 23; 35, 18.—
    3.
    Si with a relative takes the place of a relative clause, to express a class the existence or extent of which is doubtful: mortem proposuit, non eis solum qui illam rem gesserunt, sed eis etiam si qui non moleste tulerunt, i. e. if such there were, whether few or many, Cic. Phil. 13, 18, 39; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 9:

    dixit errare, si qui in bello omnis secundos rerum proventus expectent,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 29:

    errat, si quis existimat facilem rem esse donare,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 1; Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44; Liv. 42, 31.—
    4.
    In syllogistic reasonings:

    si oportet velle sapere, dare operam philosophiae convenit. Oportet autem velle sapere, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 36, 65:

    si enim est verum, quod ita conectitur: si quis oriente Caniculā natus est, in mari non morietur, illud quoque verum est: si Fabius oriente Canicula natus est, Fabius in mari non morietur,

    id. Fat. 6, 12.—
    5.
    = etiamsi, with foll. tamen, even if, although, albeit (class.):

    quae si exsequi nequirem, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 11, 38; cf.:

    quae si causa non esset, tamen, etc.,

    id. Mur. 4, 8; and:

    quae si dubia essent, tamen, etc.,

    Sall. J. 85, 48.—
    II.
    Transf., in dependent clauses expressing an interrogation or doubt, it is nearly = num, but forms a looser connection, if, whether, if perchance (class., but very rare in Cic.):

    ibo et visam huc ad eum, si forte est domi,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 5, 4; Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 7; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 118; cf. id. Phorm. 3, 3, 20:

    jam sciam, si quid titubatum est, ubi reliquias videro,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 33; cf. id. Merc. 1, 2, 44:

    fatis incerta feror, si Juppiter unam Esse velit urbem,

    Verg. A. 4, 110; Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 52:

    primum ab iis quaesivit, si aquam hominibus in totidem dies, quot frumentum imposuissent,

    Liv. 29, 25; 39, 50:

    id modo quaeritur, si (lex) majori parti et in summam prodest,

    id. 34, 3; cf. id. 40, 49 fin.:

    jam dudum exspecto, si tuom officium scias,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 12:

    hanc (paludem) si nostri transirent, hostes exspectabant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 9; id. B. C. 2, 34; cf.:

    Pompeius eadem spectans, si itinere impeditos deprehendere posset,

    id. ib. 3, 75:

    non recusavit quo minus vel extremo spiritu, si quam opem rei publicae ferre posset, experiretur,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 1, 2; cf. id. de Or. 2, 85, 398:

    statui expectandum esse si quid certius adferretur,

    id. Fam. 15, 1, 2:

    Philopoemen quaesivit si Lycortas incolumis evasisset,

    Liv. 39, 50:

    expertique simul, si tela artusque sequantur,

    Val. Fl. 5, 562:

    Helvetii nonnumquam interdiu, saepius noctu, si perrumpere possent, conati,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8 fin.; cf.:

    temptata res est, si primo impetu capi Ardea posset,

    Liv. 1, 57.—
    B.
    With ellipsis of a verb or clause on which the condition depends (cf. I. c. supra): ei rei suam operam dat, si possiet illam invenire ( to see) whether he can, Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 37:

    L. Minucium cum omni equitatu praemittit, si quid celeritate itineris proficere possit,

    to see, to try, Caes. B. G. 6, 29 fin.:

    circumfunduntur hostes, si quem aditum reperire possent,

    id. ib. 6, 37:

    fame et inopiā adductos clam ex castris exisse, si quid frumenti in agris reperire possent,

    id. ib. 7, 20, 10; cf. id. ib. 7, 55 fin.; 7, 89 fin.; id. B. C. 3, 8 fin.; 3, 56:

    pergit ad speluncam, si forte eo vestigia ferrent,

    Liv. 1, 7:

    saxa volvebant, si quā Possent tectam aciem perrumpere,

    Verg. A. 9, 512:

    ad Gonnum castra movet, si potiri oppido posset,

    Liv. 42, 67, 6: haud aspernatus Tullius, tamen, si vana adferantur, in aciem educit ( that he might be ready) if, etc., id. 1, 23, 6:

    milites in praesidio erant, si quo operā eorum opus esset,

    id. 27, 28, 5:

    alii offerunt se, si quo usus operae sit,

    id. 26, 9, 9: ille postea, si comitia sua non fierent, urbi minari, i. e. ( that he would attack it) if, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 3, 3:

    Carthaginiensibus in Hasdrubale ita, si is movisset Syphacem, spes omnis erat,

    Liv. 29, 35, 9; 5, 8, 9:

    consul aedem Fortunae vovit, si eo die hostis fudisset,

    id. 29, 36, 8: erat Athenis reo damnato, si fraus capitalis non esset, quasi [p. 1690] poenae aestimatio, Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 232: quattuor legiones Cornelio, si qui ex Etruriā novi motus nuntiarentur, relictae, to meet the case, that, to be ready, if, etc., Liv. 6, 22:

    is in armis tenuit militem, si opus foret auxilio,

    id. 5, 8:

    ut patricios indignatio, si cum his gerendus esset honos, deterreret,

    id. 4, 6, 10; 1, 40, 2; 24, 36.—
    B.
    Si... si, for sive... sive, whether... or:

    si deus si dea es,

    Cato, R. R. 139; cf.:

    hostiam si deo, si deae immolabant,

    Gell. 2, 28, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sei

  • 68 si

    (orig. and ante-class. form seī), conj. [from a pronominal stem = Gr. he; Sanscr. sva-, self; cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 778; Curt. Gr. Etym. 396], a conditional particle, if.
    I.
    Prop.
    a.
    With indic.; so in gen., in conditions which are assumed to be true, with the verb in pres. or perf.; less freq. in imperf or pluperf.; and in conditions which may probably become true, with the verb in fut. or fut. perf. (Madv. Gram. § 332; Zumpt, Gram. § 517).
    (α).
    Pres.: SI IN IVS VOCAT, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25, and ap. Porphyr. Hor. S. 1, 9, 65: SI MORBVS AEVITASVE VITIVM ESCIT... SI NOLET, etc., id. ap. Gell. l. l.: spero, si speres quicquam prodesse potis sunt, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 333 Müll. (Ann. v. 410 Vahl.):

    si vis, dabo tibi testes,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 37, 58:

    si voltis,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 44:

    si placet,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 71;

    1, 21, 34: si tuo commodo fleri potest,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 14:

    si studia Graecorum vos tanto opere delectant,

    id. ib. 1, 18, 30:

    si populus plurimum potest,

    id. ib. 3, 14, 23:

    si Massilienses per delectos cives summā justitiā reguntur, inest tamen, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 27, 43; cf. id. Off. 3, 8, 35:

    quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius exspectes, si nec privata domus continere voces conjurationis tuae potest? si illustrantur, si erumpunt omnia?

    id. Cat. 1, 3, 6:

    si pudor quaeritur, si probitas, si fides, Mancinus haec attulit,

    id. Rep. 3, 18, 28:

    Si quaerimus, cur, etc.,

    id. Brut. 95, 325. —Strengthened by modo:

    magnifica quidem res, si modo est ulla,

    Cic. Div. 1, 1, 1:

    deliget populus, si modo salvus esse vult, optimum quemque,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    quae (virtus) est una, si modo est, maxime munifica,

    id. ib. 3, 8, 12; id. Tusc. 2, 4, 33; id. de Or. 2, 43, 182:

    si quisquam est facilis, hic est,

    id. Att. 14, 1, 2:

    si ulla res est, quam tibi me petente faciendam putes, haec ea sit,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 11:

    SI AGNATVS NEC ESCIT, GENTILIS FAMILIAM NANCITOR, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Collat. Leg. Mos. et Rom. 16, 4: quae (libertas), si aequa non est, ne libertas quidem est,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 31, 47; 1, 32, 49:

    id si minus intellegitur, ex dissensionibus percipi potest,

    id. Lael. 7, 23: BACANALIA SEI QVA SVNT, EXSTRAD QVAM SEI QVID IBEI SACRI EST... FACIATIS VTEI DISMOTA SIENT, S. C. de Bacch. fin.:

    dicito, si quid vis, non nocebo,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 235:

    si qui sunt, qui philosophorum auctoritate moveantur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    si quid generis istiusmodi me delectat, pictura delectat,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 3:

    si aliquid dandum est voluptati,

    id. Sen. 13, 44;

    four times repeated,

    id. ib. 11, 38.—So esp. after mirum est or miror, as expressing reality (= quod or cum; cf. Gr. ei):

    noli mirari, si hoc non impetras,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:

    ecquid mirum est, si tam ab amico animo pacem petit? Curt 4, 11, 4: miraris, si superbiam tuam ferre non possumus?

    id. 8, 7, 14.—

    With a negative conclusion, to denote that, although the condition is true, or is conceded, a certain inference does not follow: nec, si omne enuntiatum aut verum aut falsum est, sequitur ilico esse causas, etc.,

    Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    nec. si non obstatur, propterea etiam permittitur,

    id. Phil. 13, 6, 19:

    si veniam meretur qui inprudens nocuit, non meretur praemium qui inprudens profuit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 73:

    nec ideo ignis minus urere potest, si in materiam incidit inviolabilem flammis,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 5, 1.—
    (β).
    Imperf.:

    ea si erant, magnas habebas omnibus, dis gratias,

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 17; Cic. Rep. 1, 27, 43:

    si quis antea mirabatur, quid esset, quod, etc.,

    id. Sest. 1.—
    (γ).
    Perf.:

    SI MEMBRVM RVPIT NI CVM EO PACIT TALIO ESTO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. talio, p. 363 Müll.: si animum contulisti in istam rationem, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 23, 37:

    si Roma condita est secundo anno Olympiadis septimae, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 10, 18:

    quos (tyrannos) si boni oppresserunt, recreatur civitas: sin audaces, fit illa factio,

    id. ib. 1, 44, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 65:

    si ita sensit, ut loquitur,

    id. ib. 3, 21, 32;

    1, 27, 43: si modo hoc in Lycurgi potestate potuit esse,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 24:

    si modo in philosophiā aliquid profecimus,

    id. Off. 3, 8, 37: si quis eorum [p. 1689] (servorum) sub centone crepuit, nullum mihi vitium facit, Cato ap. Fest. s. v. prohibere, p. 234 sq. Müll.:

    si quid sceleste fecit,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 27:

    si quam opinionem jam vestris mentibus comprehendistis, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    si quando regi justo vim populus attulit regnove eum spoliavit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 42, 65; cf. id. ib. 1, 38, 59; id. Lael. 7, 24.—After mirum est or miror, to express a reality (cf. a, supra):

    minime mirum, si ista res adhuc nostrā linguā inlustrata non est,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 13, 55; id. Deiot. 4, 12:

    quid mirum, si haec invitus amisi?

    Tac. A. 12, 37:

    miraris, si eo tempore matrona dicere potuit, escende?

    Sen. Contr. 2, 13, 1:

    minime est mirandum, si vita ejus fuit secura,

    Nep. Cim. 4, 4.—Very often followed by certe, profecto, etc., to express a conclusion, as certain as the unquestionable assumption:

    quod si fuit in re publicā tempus ullum, cum, etc., tum profecto fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 2, 7:

    si quisquam fuit umquam remotus ab inani laude, ego profecto is sum,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 13:

    etenim si nulla fuit umquam tam imbecillo mulier animo, quae, etc., certe nos, etc.,

    id. Fam. 5, 16, 6:

    si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, tum profecto, etc.,

    id. Att. 4, 2, 2; id. Mil. 2, 4; 7, 19.—Esp. with a negative conclusion (v. a fin. supra, and cf. quia, etsi):

    non, si tibi ante profuit, semper proderit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 12:

    non, si Opimium defendisti, idcirco te isti bonum civem putabunt,

    id. de Or. 2, 40, 170:

    neque enim, si tuae res gestae ceterorum laudibus obscuritatem attulerunt, idcirco Pompeii memoriam amisimus,

    id. Deiot. 4, 12:

    nec, si capitis dolorem facit, inutilis hominibus sol est,

    Quint. 5, 10, 82.—
    (δ).
    Pluperf.: si improbum Cresphontem existimaveras, etc., Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    nec mirum, eos si orationes turbaverant,

    Liv. 32, 20, 2 (Trag. v. 156 Vahl.):

    si hoc ita fato datum erat, ut,

    Liv. 30, 30, 3.—So esp. in indef. clauses of repeated action:

    plausum si quis eorum aliquando acceperat, ne quid peccasset pertimescebat,

    whenever, Cic. Sest. 49, 105:

    si quando nostri navem religaverant, hostes succurrebant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    si quando suis fortunis forte desperare coeperant,

    id. B. G. 3, 12.—
    (ε).
    Fut.: SI VOLET SVO VIVITO... SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; cf.: si voles advortere animum, comiter monstrabitur, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.); and:

    alte spectare si voles, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 23, 25:

    si jam eminebit foras,

    id. ib. 6, 26, 29:

    si me audietis,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 32:

    si mutuas non potero certum est sumam fenore,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 95:

    id persequar, si potero, subtilius,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 23, 42; cf. in the foll. z:

    nihil (offendet) si modo opus exstabit,

    id. ib. 5, 3, 5:

    si quid te volam, ubi eris?

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 96: si quod aliud oikeion reperies, Cic. Att. 1, 10, 3.—
    (ζ).
    Fut. perf.: si te hic offendero, moriere, Enn. ap. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1 (Trag. v. 301 Vahl.):

    si nostram rem publicam vobis et nascentem et crescentem ostendero,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 3:

    tum magis assentiere, si ad majora pervenero,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 62:

    expediri quae restant vix poterunt, si hoc incohatum reliqueris,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 55;

    1, 24, 38: pergratum mihi feceris, si de amicitiā disputaris,

    id. Lael. 4, 16:

    accommodabo ad eam (rem publicam), si potuero, omnem illam orationem, etc.... quod si tenere et consequi potuero, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70; so,

    si potuero,

    id. ib. 2, 30, 53; id. Brut. 5, 21:

    si potuerit,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 89:

    si modo id exprimere Latine potuero,

    id. Rep. 1, 43, 66:

    si modo interpretari potuero,

    id. Leg. 2, 18, 45:

    si ne ei caput exoculassitis,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 26: si quid vos per laborem recte feceritis... Sed si quā per voluptatem nequiter feceritis, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 16, 1, 4:

    de iis te, si qui me forte locus admonuerit, commonebo,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 47.—
    b.
    With subj.; so in gen. of conditions assumed in statement, but implied not to be actual; the verb in pres. (rarely perf.) implies that the condition is still possible; in the imperf. and pluperf., that it is known to be unreal (Madv. Gram. § 347 sqq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 524).
    (α).
    Pres.:

    si habeat aurum,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 12:

    abire hinc nullo pacto possim, si velim,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 2; so,

    si velim,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 10, 17:

    cum ipsi auxilium ferre, si cupiant, non queant,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9:

    si singulos numeremus,

    id. ib. 3, 4, 7: si jus suum populi teneant, id. ib. 1, 32, 48:

    si Scipionis desiderio me moveri negem,

    id. Lael. 3, 10:

    si ad verba rem deflectere velimus,

    id. Caecin. 18, 51:

    si quis varias gentes despicere possit, videat primum, etc.,

    id. Rep. 3, 9, 14.—In expressing a wish ( poet. for utinam), usu. with O:

    O si angulus ille accedat, qui, etc.,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 8; 2, 6, 10:

    O mihi praeteritos referat si Juppiter annos,

    Verg. A. 8, 560;

    also alone: si nunc se nobis ille aureus arbore ramus Ostendat nemore in tanto!

    would that, yet if, if however, id. ib. 6, 187:

    si quā fata aspera rumpas, Tu Marcellus eris,

    id. ib. 6, 882; cf. b, infra.—
    (β).
    Imperf.:

    qui si unus omnia consequi posset, nihil opus esset pluribus, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 34, 52:

    quae descriptio si esset ignota vobis, explicaretur a me,

    id. ib. 2, 22, 39:

    si ullum probarem simplex rei publicae genus,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 43:

    quod non fecissent profecto, si nihil ad eos pertinere arbitrarentur,

    id. Lael. 4, 13; cf. id. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 525: SEI QVES ESENT, QVEI SIBEI DEICERENT, S. C. de Bacch (twice). —Also with O, expressing a wish ( poet.):

    O si solitae quicquam virtutis adesset,

    Verg. A. 11, 415;

    and without O: si mihi, quae quondam fuerat... si nunc foret illa juventus,

    id. ib. 5, 398.—
    (γ).
    Perf.: SI INIVRIAM FAXIT ALTERI, VIGINTI QVINQVE AERIS POENAE SVNTO, Fragm. XII. Tabularum ap. Gell. 20, 1, 12: si jam data sit frux, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 724 P. (Ann. v. 412 Vahl.):

    perii, si me aspexerit!

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 164:

    victus sum, si dixeris,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 272:

    Romani si casu intervenerint,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 20, Cic. Rep. 3, 5, 8.—
    (δ).
    Pluperf.:

    si aliter accidisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7:

    tum magis id diceres, si nuper in hortis Scipionis affuisses,

    id. Lael. 7, 25:

    mansisset eadem voluntas in eorum posteris, si regum similitudo permansisset,

    id. Rep. 1, 41, 64:

    si id fecisses,

    id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; 2, 15, 38; 2, 36, 90:

    si quis in caelum ascendisset, etc.,

    id. Lael. 23, 88:

    si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius remisisset,

    id. Phil. 13, 1, 2.—
    c.
    Ellipt.
    (α).
    With pron. indef:

    istae artes, si modo aliquid, valent, ut acuant ingenia,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30:

    aut nemo, aut, si quisquam, ille sapiens fuit,

    id. Lael. 2, 9; id. Or. 29, 103.—
    (β).
    In a negation, usu. si minus, si contra (= sin minus, sin aliter):

    plures haec tulit una civitas, si minus sapientes, at certe summā laude dignos,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    educ tecum omnes tuos: si minus, quam plurimos,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 10; id. de Or. 2, 16, 68, in this sense less freq. si non:

    utrum cetera nomina digesta habes an non? Si non... si etiam,

    id. Rosc. Com. 3, 9:

    si haec civitas est, civem esse me: si non, exsulem esse, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 3, 5; Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 104 sq.; id. Ps. 3, 2, 87; id. Poen. 5, 2, 24; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 66; 1, 6, 68; Liv. 28, 29, 4:

    hic venit in judicium, si nihil aliud, saltem ut, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 152; so, si nihil aliud, Liv 22, 29; 30, 35; 45, 37 fin., Curt. 4, 6, 28:

    si aliud nihil,

    id. 2, 43.—
    (γ).
    With forte:

    intelleges esse nihil a me nisi orationis acerbitatem et, si forte, raro litterarum missarum indiligentiam reprehensam,

    perhaps, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 7; cf.:

    vereor, ne nihil sim tui, nisi supplosionem pedis imitatus et pauca quaedam verba et aliquem, si forte, motum,

    id. de Or. 3, 12, 47.—
    2.
    With quod, and if, but if, if however, if:

    quod si in philosophiā tantum interest... quid tandem in causis existimandum est?

    Cic. Or. 16, 51:

    quod si fuit in re publicā tempus ullum... tum profecto fuit,

    id. Brut. 2, 7:

    quod si exemeris ex rerum naturā benevolentiae conjunctionem, nec domus ulla nec urbs stare poterit,

    id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Rep. 3, 4, 7:

    quod si non hic tantus fructus ostenderetur et si ex his studiis delectatio sola peteretur: tamen, etc.,

    id. Arch. 7, 16; id. Cat. 2, 5, 10; id. Rosc. Com. 18, 54.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    In subject or object-clauses, si with subj. sometimes takes the place of an inf.:

    apud Graecos opprobrio fuit adulescentibus, si amatores non haberent,

    Cic. Rep. 4, 3, 3: summa gloria constat ex tribus his;

    si diligit multitudo, si fidem habet, etc.,

    id. Off. 2, 9, 31:

    unam esse spem salutis docent, si eruptione factā extremum auxilium experirentur,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 5:

    illud ignoscere aequum erit, si... ne tuam quidem gloriam praeponam, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 41, 1; Nep. Ages. 4, 3: infinitum est, si singulos velim persequi. Sen. Q. N. 5, 17, 5; id. Tranq. 16, 2 (cf. si after mirum est, I. a. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In subst. clauses, to denote a doubtful assumption or future event (cf. quod):

    dixerunt, in eo verti puellae salutem, si postero die vindex injuriae ad tempus praesto esset,

    Liv. 3, 46:

    adjecerunt, Scipionem in eo positam habuisse spem pacis, si Hannibal et Mago ex Italiā non revocarentur,

    id. 30, 23; 35, 18.—
    3.
    Si with a relative takes the place of a relative clause, to express a class the existence or extent of which is doubtful: mortem proposuit, non eis solum qui illam rem gesserunt, sed eis etiam si qui non moleste tulerunt, i. e. if such there were, whether few or many, Cic. Phil. 13, 18, 39; id. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 9:

    dixit errare, si qui in bello omnis secundos rerum proventus expectent,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 29:

    errat, si quis existimat facilem rem esse donare,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 1; Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44; Liv. 42, 31.—
    4.
    In syllogistic reasonings:

    si oportet velle sapere, dare operam philosophiae convenit. Oportet autem velle sapere, etc.,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 36, 65:

    si enim est verum, quod ita conectitur: si quis oriente Caniculā natus est, in mari non morietur, illud quoque verum est: si Fabius oriente Canicula natus est, Fabius in mari non morietur,

    id. Fat. 6, 12.—
    5.
    = etiamsi, with foll. tamen, even if, although, albeit (class.):

    quae si exsequi nequirem, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 11, 38; cf.:

    quae si causa non esset, tamen, etc.,

    id. Mur. 4, 8; and:

    quae si dubia essent, tamen, etc.,

    Sall. J. 85, 48.—
    II.
    Transf., in dependent clauses expressing an interrogation or doubt, it is nearly = num, but forms a looser connection, if, whether, if perchance (class., but very rare in Cic.):

    ibo et visam huc ad eum, si forte est domi,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 5, 4; Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 7; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 118; cf. id. Phorm. 3, 3, 20:

    jam sciam, si quid titubatum est, ubi reliquias videro,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 33; cf. id. Merc. 1, 2, 44:

    fatis incerta feror, si Juppiter unam Esse velit urbem,

    Verg. A. 4, 110; Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 52:

    primum ab iis quaesivit, si aquam hominibus in totidem dies, quot frumentum imposuissent,

    Liv. 29, 25; 39, 50:

    id modo quaeritur, si (lex) majori parti et in summam prodest,

    id. 34, 3; cf. id. 40, 49 fin.:

    jam dudum exspecto, si tuom officium scias,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 12:

    hanc (paludem) si nostri transirent, hostes exspectabant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 9; id. B. C. 2, 34; cf.:

    Pompeius eadem spectans, si itinere impeditos deprehendere posset,

    id. ib. 3, 75:

    non recusavit quo minus vel extremo spiritu, si quam opem rei publicae ferre posset, experiretur,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 1, 2; cf. id. de Or. 2, 85, 398:

    statui expectandum esse si quid certius adferretur,

    id. Fam. 15, 1, 2:

    Philopoemen quaesivit si Lycortas incolumis evasisset,

    Liv. 39, 50:

    expertique simul, si tela artusque sequantur,

    Val. Fl. 5, 562:

    Helvetii nonnumquam interdiu, saepius noctu, si perrumpere possent, conati,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8 fin.; cf.:

    temptata res est, si primo impetu capi Ardea posset,

    Liv. 1, 57.—
    B.
    With ellipsis of a verb or clause on which the condition depends (cf. I. c. supra): ei rei suam operam dat, si possiet illam invenire ( to see) whether he can, Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 37:

    L. Minucium cum omni equitatu praemittit, si quid celeritate itineris proficere possit,

    to see, to try, Caes. B. G. 6, 29 fin.:

    circumfunduntur hostes, si quem aditum reperire possent,

    id. ib. 6, 37:

    fame et inopiā adductos clam ex castris exisse, si quid frumenti in agris reperire possent,

    id. ib. 7, 20, 10; cf. id. ib. 7, 55 fin.; 7, 89 fin.; id. B. C. 3, 8 fin.; 3, 56:

    pergit ad speluncam, si forte eo vestigia ferrent,

    Liv. 1, 7:

    saxa volvebant, si quā Possent tectam aciem perrumpere,

    Verg. A. 9, 512:

    ad Gonnum castra movet, si potiri oppido posset,

    Liv. 42, 67, 6: haud aspernatus Tullius, tamen, si vana adferantur, in aciem educit ( that he might be ready) if, etc., id. 1, 23, 6:

    milites in praesidio erant, si quo operā eorum opus esset,

    id. 27, 28, 5:

    alii offerunt se, si quo usus operae sit,

    id. 26, 9, 9: ille postea, si comitia sua non fierent, urbi minari, i. e. ( that he would attack it) if, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 3, 3:

    Carthaginiensibus in Hasdrubale ita, si is movisset Syphacem, spes omnis erat,

    Liv. 29, 35, 9; 5, 8, 9:

    consul aedem Fortunae vovit, si eo die hostis fudisset,

    id. 29, 36, 8: erat Athenis reo damnato, si fraus capitalis non esset, quasi [p. 1690] poenae aestimatio, Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 232: quattuor legiones Cornelio, si qui ex Etruriā novi motus nuntiarentur, relictae, to meet the case, that, to be ready, if, etc., Liv. 6, 22:

    is in armis tenuit militem, si opus foret auxilio,

    id. 5, 8:

    ut patricios indignatio, si cum his gerendus esset honos, deterreret,

    id. 4, 6, 10; 1, 40, 2; 24, 36.—
    B.
    Si... si, for sive... sive, whether... or:

    si deus si dea es,

    Cato, R. R. 139; cf.:

    hostiam si deo, si deae immolabant,

    Gell. 2, 28, 3.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > si

  • 69 Thing

    1. n сканд. ист. тинг
    2. n вещь; предмет

    to be more interested in things than in human beings — интересоваться вещами больше, чем людьми

    generic thing — вещь, определяемая родовыми признаками

    3. n атрибуты

    things Japanese — всё японское; всё, что имеет отношение к Японии

    4. n l
    5. n имущество

    thing incorporeal — нематериальная вещь, имущество, заключающееся в правах

    6. n вещи, багаж
    7. n часто носильные вещи; одежда, предметы одежды
    8. n еда; питьё

    sweet things — сладости, сласти

    9. n обыкн. разг. принадлежности; утварь; предметы обихода

    cooking things — кухонная утварь, кухонные принадлежности

    10. n рассказ; анекдот
    11. n вещь, явление
    12. n обыкн. обстоятельства, обстановка

    tell me how things go ? — расскажите мне, как идут дела?

    as things go now — при сложившихся обстоятельствах, при нынешнем положении дел; в сложившейся обстановке

    that things should have come to this! — подумать только, до чего дошло дело !

    13. n дело

    I have several things to attend to — мне нужно кое-что сделать; у меня ещё есть дела

    he gets things done on — добивается своего, он умеет делать нечто, что-то

    he says the first thing that comes into his head — он говорит первое, что взбредёт ему на ум

    something must be done to stop this sort of thing — необходимо что-то предпринять, чтобы прекратить такие вещи

    neither one thing, nor another — ни то, ни другое

    one thing or the other — либо то, либо другое

    what with one thing and another — то одно, то другое — хлопот не оберёшься

    the important thing to remember — то, что важно запомнить; важно запомнить то …

    the best thing is … — самое лучшее …, лучше всего …

    to say the right thing — сказать то, что надо

    the thing is — дело в том; что

    14. n деталь, особенность

    the thing is … — всё дело в том …; суть дела состоит в том …

    15. n действие, поступок

    I did no such thing — я не делал ничего подобного; я и не думал делать этого

    square thing — честная сделка; честный поступок

    16. n событие
    17. n существо; создание

    little thing — малютка, крошка

    18. n разг. в обращении человек
    19. n сущ. разг. пренебр. в сочетании с предшествующим уродливая вещь

    in all things — во всех отношениях, во всём

    and things — и другое, и тому подобное

    sure thing — наверняка, конечно; само собой

    near thing — опасное положение;

    no such thing — ничего подобного; ничто не может быть дальше от истины

    no great things — ничего особенного, так себе; не бог весть что

    first thing — прежде всего; первым долгом; перво-наперво

    for one thing — прежде всего; начать с того, что; для начала

    for another thing — кроме того; во-вторых

    of all things — ну и ну!, вот тебе и на!, надо же!, подумать только!

    above all things — прежде всего; больше всего, главным образом

    as a general thing — обычно, как правило

    it is too much of a good thing — хорошенького понемножку; это уж слишком

    to know a thing or two — знать кое-что; понимать что к чему

    to be up to a thing or two — кое в чём разбираться, кое-что знать

    Синонимический ряд:
    1. action (noun) accomplishment; act; action; deed; doing; feat
    2. being (noun) being; creature; entity; existence; existent; individual; material; something; stuff; substance
    3. fashion (noun) bandwagon; chic; craze; cry; dernier cri; fad; fashion; furore; mode; rage; style; ton; trend; vogue
    4. fetish (noun) fetish; fixation; mania; obsession
    5. gadget (noun) contraption; contrivance; gadget; jigger
    6. matter (noun) affair; matter
    7. object (noun) affair; business; commodity; concern; device; doohickey; fact; manifestation; matter; object; shooting match
    8. occurrence (noun) circumstance; episode; event; go; happening; incident; occasion; occurrence
    9. point (noun) article; detail; element; item; particular; point; statement; thought
    10. things (noun) belongings; effects; goods; possessions; things

    English-Russian base dictionary > Thing

  • 70 हस्तः _hastḥ

    हस्तः [हस्-तन् न इट् Uṇ.3.86]
    1 The hand; हस्तं गत 'fallen in the hand or possession of'; गौतमीहस्ते विसर्जयि- ष्यामि Ś.3 'I shall send it by Gautamī'; so हस्ते पतिता; हस्तसंनिहितां कुरु &c.; शंभुना दत्तहस्ता Me.62 'leaning on Śam- bhu's hand'; हस्ते-कृ
    1 (हस्तेकृत्य-कृत्वा) 'to take or seize by the hand, take hold of the hand, take in hand, take possession of'; Prov.:--हस्तकङ्कणं किं दर्पणे प्रेक्ष्यते Karpūr. 'sight requires no mirror'.
    -2 The truck of an elephant; Ku.1.36; अथवा हस्तिहस्तचञ्चलानि पुरुषभाग्यानि भवन्ति Avimārakam 2.
    -3 N. of the 13th lunar mansion consisting of five stars.
    -4 The fore-arm, cu- bit, a measure of length (equal to 24 aṅgulas or about 18 inches, being the distance between the elbow and the tip of the middle finger).
    -5 Hand-writing, signa- ture; धनी वोपगतं दद्यात् स्वहस्तपरिचिह्नितम् Y.1.319; स्वहस्त- कालसंपन्नं शासनम् 1.32 'bearing date and signature'; धार्यतामयं प्रियायाः स्वहस्तः V.2 'the autograph of my beloved'; 2.2.
    -6 (Hence fig.) Proof, in- dication; Mu.3.
    -7 Help, assistance, support; वात्या खेदं कृशाङ्ग्याः सुचिरमवयवैर्दत्तहस्ता करोति Ve.2.21.
    -8 A mass, quantity, abundance (of hair), in comp. with केश, कच &c.; पाशः पक्षश्च हस्तश्च कलापार्थाः कचात् Ak.; रतिविगलितबन्धे केशहस्ते सुकेश्याः सति कुसुमसनाथे किं करोत्यषे वहीं V.4.22.
    -स्तम् 1 A pair of leather-bellows.
    -2 Skill (in using the hand); कलासु कौशलमक्षभूमिहस्तादिषु Dk. 2.2.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् one's own hand or signature, one's own sign-manual.
    -अग्रम् the finger (being the extremity of the hand).
    -अङ्गुलिः f. any finger of the hand.
    -अभ्यासः contact with the hand.
    -अवलम्बः, आलम्बनम् support of the hand; दत्तहस्तावलम्बे प्रारम्भे Ratn.1.8 'being aided or helped on'.
    -आमलकम् 'the fruit of the myrobalan held in the hand', a phrase used to denote that which can be clearly and easily seen or understood; cf. करतलामलकफलवदखिलं जगदालोकयताम् K.43.
    -आवापः 1 a finger-guard (ज्याघातवारणम्); V.5; Ś.6.
    -2 a hand-fetter; व्यालकुञ्जरदुर्गेषु सर्पचोरभयेषु च । हस्तावापेन गच्छन्ति नास्तिकाः किमतः परम् ॥ Mb.12.181.5.
    -कमलम् 1 a lotus carried in the hand.
    -2 a lotus-like hand.
    -कौशलम् manual dexterity.
    -क्रिया manual work or performance, handicraft.
    -गत, -गामिन् a. come to hand, fallen into one's possession, obtained, secured; त्वं प्रार्थ्यसे हस्तगता ममैभिः R.7.67;8.1.
    -ग्राहः taking by the hand.
    -चापल्यम् = हस्तकौशलम् q. v.
    -तलम् 1 the palm of the hand.
    -2 the tip of an ele- phant's trunk.
    -तालः striking the palms together, clap- ping the hands.
    -तुला 'hand-balance', weighing in the hand; हस्ततुलयापि निपुणाः पलप्रमाणं विजानन्ति Pt.2.83.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 situated on the right hand.
    -2 Right, correct.
    -दोषः a slip of the hand.
    -धारणम्, -वारणम् warding off a blow (with the hand).
    -पादम् the hands and feet; न मे हस्तपादं प्रसरति Ś.4.
    -पुच्छम् the hand below the wrist.
    -पृष्ठम् the back of the hand.
    -प्रद a. sup- porting, helping.
    -प्राप्त, -वर्तिन्, -स्थ, -स्थित a.
    1 held in the hand.
    -2 gained, secured.
    -प्राप्य a. easily accessible to the hand; that can be reached with the hand; हस्तप्राप्यस्तबकनमितो बालमन्दारवृक्षः Me.77.
    -बिम्बम् perfuming the body with unguents.
    -भ्रष्ट a. escaped.
    -मणिः a jewel worn on the wrist.
    -रोधम् ind. in the hands; हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32.
    -लाघवम् 1 manual readiness or skill.
    -2 a sleight of the hand, legerdemain.
    -लेखः Sketching practice before producing an object of art, hand-drawing; अस्यैव सर्गाय भवत्करस्य सरोजसृष्टिर्मम हस्तलेखः N.7.72; हस्तलेखमसृजत् खलु जन्मस्थानरेणुकमसौ भवदर्थम् ibid.21.69.
    -वापः = हस्तक्षेपः shooting (arrows) with the hand; यस्यैकषष्टिर्निशितास्तीक्ष्णधाराः सुवाससः संमतो हस्तवापः Mb. 5.23.22.
    -वाम a. situated on the left (or wrong) hand.
    -विन्यासः position of the hands.
    -संवाहनम् rub- bing or shampooing with the hands; संभोगान्ते मम समुचितो हस्तसंवाहनानां यास्यत्युरुः सरसकदलीगर्भगौरश्चलत्वम् Me.98.
    -सिद्धिः f.
    1 manual labour, doing with the hands.
    -2 hire, wages.
    -सूत्रम् a bracelet or thread-string worn on the wrist; धात्र्यङ्गुलीभिः प्रतिसार्यमाणमूर्णामयं कौतुकहस्त- सूत्रम् Ku.7.25.
    -स्वस्तिकः crossing the hands; स्तनविनि- हितहस्तस्वस्तिकाभिर्वधूभिः Māl.4.1.
    -हार्य a. manifest.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > हस्तः _hastḥ

  • 71 कुमार


    kumārá
    m. (fr. 1. ku + māra, mṚ ? « easily dying» ;

    fr. 2. kam Uṇ. III, 138) a child, boy, youth;
    son RV. AV. etc.;
    a prince, heir-apparent associated in the kingdom with the reigning monarch (especially in theatrical language) Ragh. Mālav. etc.;
    a groom L. ;
    N. of Skanda ( orᅠ Kārittikeya q.v.;
    represented as a beautiful youth;
    alsoᅠ as the author of certain grammatical Sūtras cf. kalâ̱pa;
    alsoᅠ as causing certain diseases Suṡr.) MBh. Hariv. etc.;
    N. of a son of Agni (who is the author of some Vedic hymns) RAnukr. ;
    one of the nine names of Agni ṠBr. VI ;
    N. of a Prajāpati VāyuP. ;
    of Mañju-ṡrī Buddh. ;
    of a river VP. ;
    of the Sindhu river L. ;
    of the author of a Dharmaṡāstra;
    of the attendant of the twelfth Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī Jain. ;
    a parrot L. ;
    the tree Capparis trifoliata (cf. kumāraka);
    (ās) m. pl. N. of a people MBh. II, 1075 and 1870 ;
    (cf. kumālaka);
    (ī́) f. a young girl, one from ten to twelve years old, maiden, daughter AV. AitBr. etc.;
    orᅠ (in the Tantras.) any virgin up to the age of sixteen orᅠ before menstruation has commenced;
    N. of certain flags (set up along with Indra's banner) VarBṛS. ;
    N. of the wife of Bhīma-sena (son of Parīkshit) MBh. I, 3796 ;
    of a daughter of Vasu-deva by Rohiṇī Hariv. 1952 ;
    of Sītā (Rāma's wife) L. ;
    of the goddess Durgā Hariv. 9425 ;
    of Dākshāyaṇī (in Māyā-purī) MatsyaP. ;
    of a metre (a kind of Ṡakvarī, consisting of four lines of sixteen syllables each);
    the bird commonly called Ṡyāmā L. ;
    the plant Aloe perfoliata L. ;
    the plant Clitoria ternatea (= a-parājitā) L. ;
    the plant Jasminum Sambac L. ;
    the plant commonly called bandhyā-karkoṭakī L. ;
    the blossom of the plants Taruṇī andᅠ Modinī L. ;
    great cardamoms L. ;
    the most southerly of the nine portions of the known continent orᅠ of Jambū-dvīpa (the southern extremity of the peninsula, whence the modern name Cape Comorin < Kumārī>) W. ;
    the central part of the universe (according to Hindū geography, Jambū-dvīpa orᅠ India) L. ;
    N. of a river flowing from the mountain Ṡuktimat MBh. Hariv. VP. ;
    of another river Hcat. ;
    (when a name is given to a pupil to indicate his attachment to any particular master, kumārī may be prefixed to denote that the pupil's object is to gain the affections of the master's daughter e.g.. kumārī-dāksha q.v. s.v. kumārī);
    (am) n. N. of a Varsha governed by Kumāra (the son of Bhavya) VP. ;
    pure gold L. ;
    - कुमारकुलटा
    - कुमारकुशल
    - कुमारगर्भिणी
    - कुमारगुप्त
    - कुमारघातिन्
    - कुमारचपल
    - कुमारजीव
    - कुमारतापसी
    - कुमारत्व
    - कुमारदत्त
    - कुमारदर्शन
    - कुमारदास
    - कुमारदेवी
    - कुमारदेष्ण
    - कुमारधारा
    - कुमारनिपुण
    - कुमारपटु
    - कुमारपण्डित
    - कुमारपाल
    - कुमारप्रव्रजिता
    - कुमारबन्धकी
    - कुमारभट्ट
    - कुमारभृत्या
    - कुमारललिता
    - कुमारवन
    - कुमारवारिधारा
    - कुमारवाहिन्
    - कुमारव्रत
    - कुमारशिरस्
    - कुमारश्रमणा
    - कुमारसम्भव
    - कुमारसिंह
    - कुमारसू
    - कुमारसेन
    - कुमारस्वामिन्
    - कुमारहारित
    - कुमारागार
    - कुमाराध्यापक
    - कुमाराभिरूपक
    - कुमाराभिषेक
    - कुमारेश्वरतीर्थ

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कुमार

  • 72 -ne

    1.
    (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    , interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne

  • 73 n'

    1.
    (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    , interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > n'

  • 74 ne

    1.
    (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    , interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ne

  • 75 sum

    1.
    sum, fui, esse (2d pers. es, but usu. es in Plaut and Ter; old forms, indic. pres. esum for sum, acc. to Varr. L. L. 9, § 100 Mull.: essis for es, Att. ap. Non. 200, 30, or Trag. Rel. p. 283 Rib.: simus for sumus, used by Augustus, acc. to Suet. Aug. 87; fut. escit for erit, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 25:

    esit, XII. Tab. ap. Fest. s. v. nec, p. 162 Mull.: escunt for erunt,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60, 3, 3, 9; Lucr. 1, 619; perf. fuvimus for fuimus, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 42, 168:

    FVVEIT, C. I. L. 1, 1051: fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 23; id. Mil. 3, 1, 159:

    fuerim,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 54:

    fuerit,

    id. As. 4, 1, 37; subj. pres. siem, sies, siet, etc., very freq., esp. in Plaut.; e. g. siem, Am. prol. 57; Ter. And. 3, 4, 7:

    sies,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 43; Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:

    siet,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 58; Ter. And. 1, 4, 7; Lucr. 3, 101:

    sient,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 54; Ter. And. 2, 3, 16; cf. Cic. Or. 47, 157; also,

    fuam, fuas, etc., regarded by G. Curtius, de Aorist. Lat. Rel. in Studien zur Gr. u. Lat. Gram. 1, 431 sqq., as an aorist: fuam,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 48; id. Mil. 2, 6, 112: fuas, Liv. Andron. ap. Non 111, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 71; 2, 3, 83; id. Pers. 1, 1, 52; id. Trin. 2, 1, 32: fuat, Pac. ap. Non. 111, 8; Carm. ap. Liv. 25, 12; Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 2; id. Aul. 2, 2, 56; id. Capt. 2, 2, 10 et saep.; Ter. Hec. 4, 3, 4; Lucr. 4, 639; Verg. A. 10, 108:

    fuant,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 110; id. Ep. 5, 1, 13; id. Ps. 4, 3, 12: fuvisset, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4; part. pres. ens, used by Caesar, acc. to Prisc. p. 1140 P.; and by Sergius Flavius, acc. to Quint. 8, 3, 33; fut. inf. fore for futurum esse, very freq., and so always with partt.; cf. Madv. Gram. § 108; whence, subj. imperf. forem fores, etc., for essem; esp. in conditional sentences and in the histt., but very rare in Cic.; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 597 sqq.), v. n. [root es; Sanscr. as-mi, and the Greek es-mi, whence eimi; perf. fui; root in Sanscr. bhu, to become; bhavas, condition; Gr. phuô, to beget; cf.: fetus, futuo, etc.], to be, as a verb substantive or a copula.
    I.
    As a verb substantive, to be.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    Asserting existence, to be, exist, live:

    definitionum duo sunt genera prima: unum earum rerum quae sunt: alterum earum quae intelleguntur. Esse ea dico, quae cerni tangive possunt, ut fundum, aedes, parietem, cetera. Non esse rursus ea dico, quae tangi demonstrarive non possunt, cerni tamen animo atque intellegi possunt, ut si usucapionem, si tutelam, etc.... definias,

    Cic. Top. 5, 26 sq.:

    si abest, nullus est,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 16:

    nunc illut est, quom me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    ita paene nulla sibi fuit Phronesium ( = paene mortuus est),

    id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    omne quod eloquimur sic, ut id aut esse dicamus aut non esse,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 157:

    non statim, quod esse manifestum est, etiam quid sit apparet,

    Quint. 3, 6, 81: est locus, Hesperiam quam mortales perhibebant, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 23 Vahl.):

    flumen est Arar, quod, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 12:

    homo nequissimus omnium qui sunt, qui fuerunt, qui futuri sunt!

    Cic. Fam. 11, 21, 1; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 15, § 43:

    si quos inter societas aut est aut fuit aut futura est,

    id. Lael. 22, 83:

    nec enim, dum ero, angar ulla re, cum omni vacem culpa: et, si non ero, sensu omnino carebo,

    id. Fam. 6, 3, 4:

    si modo futuri sumus, erit mihi res opportuna,

    id. Att. 11, 4, 1:

    si quando erit civitas, erit profecto nobis locus: sin autem non erit, etc.,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 6:

    nolite arbitrari, me cum a vobis discessero, nusquam aut nullum fore,

    id. Sen. 22, 79:

    si erit ulla res publica... sin autem nulla erit,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 5:

    fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium,

    Verg. A. 2, 325:

    sive erimus seu nos fata fuisse volunt,

    Tib. 3, 5, 32: per quinquennia decem fuimus, Prud. Cath. praef. 2.—
    2.
    Of events, to be, happen, occur, befall, take place:

    illa (solis defectio) quae fuit regnante Romulo,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:

    neque enim est periculum, ne, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 23, 37:

    amabo, quid tibi est?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 24:

    quid se futurum esset,

    Liv. 33, 27. —
    3.
    Of location, to be present, to be at a place.
    (α).
    With adv., or other expressions of place:

    cum non liceret quemquam Romae esse, qui, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 41, § 100:

    cum Athenis decem ipsos dies fuissem,

    id. Fam. 2, 8, 3; id. de Or. 2, 7, 27:

    cum Africanus constituisset in hortis esse,

    id. Rep. 1, 9, 14:

    cum essemus in castris,

    id. ib. 1, 15:

    nonne mavis sine periculo tuae domi esse quam cum periculo alienae?

    id. Fam. 4, 7, 4:

    vos istic commodissime sperem esse,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2: te hic tutissime puto fore, Pompon. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 11, A.—
    (β).
    Of passages in a book or writing, with in and abl., to be, stand, be written, etc.:

    deinceps in lege est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:

    quid enim in illis (litteris) fuit praeter querelam temporum,

    id. Fam. 2, 16, 1.—
    (γ).
    Of personal relations, with ad or apud and acc., or cum and abl. of person:

    cum esset (Sulpicius Gallus) casu apud M. Marcellum,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 14, 21:

    eram cum Stoico Diodoto: qui cum habitavisset apud me mecumque vixisset, etc.,

    id. Brut. 90, 309:

    erat nemo, quicum essem libentius quam tecum et pauci, quibuscum essem aeque libenter,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 1:

    qui me admodum diligunt multumque mecum sunt,

    id. ib. 4, 13, 6; cf. with simul:

    Smyrnae cum simul essemus complures dies,

    id. Rep. 1, 8, 13.—Hence, esp.: esse cum aliquo (aliqua), to be with, i. e. live with, associate with, as husband or wife:

    cujus soror est cum P. Quintio,

    Cic. Quint. 24, 77:

    ea nocte mecum illa hospitis jussu fuit,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 101; Ov. A. A. 3, 664:

    cum hac (meretrice) si qui adulescens forte fuerit,

    Cic. Cael. 20, 49; Ov. Am. 2, 8, 27: tum ad me fuerunt, qui, etc., Varr. ap. Non. 133, 28:

    Curio fuit ad me sane diu,

    Cic. Att. 10, 4, 8:

    cum ad me bene mane Dionysius fuit,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 1; cf.:

    esse sub uno tecto atque ad eosdem Penates,

    Liv. 28, 18.—
    4.
    Of relations analogous to place, of dress, condition, position, office, etc., to be, live, be found, etc., with in and abl.:

    cum est in sagis civitas,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 11, 32:

    in laxa toga,

    Tib. 2, 3, 78: sive erit in Tyriis, Tyrios laudabis amictus;

    Sive erit in Cois, Coa decere puta,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 297: hominem non modo in aere alieno nullo, sed in suis nummis multis esse et semper fuisse, Cic. Verr [p. 1798] 2, 4, 6, §

    11: in servitute,

    id. Clu. 7, 21:

    in illa opinione populari,

    id. ib. 51, 142:

    in magno nomine et gloria,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 31:

    in spe,

    id. Fam. 14, 3, 2:

    in tanta moestitia,

    id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:

    in odio,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 1:

    in probris, in laudibus,

    id. Off. 1, 18, 61:

    in officio,

    id. ib. 1, 15, 49:

    in injustitia,

    id. ib. 1, 14, 42:

    in vitio,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 62; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 19:

    ne in mora quom opus sit, sies,

    Ter. And. 2, 5, 13:

    ne in mora illi sis,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 9:

    hic in noxia'st,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 36:

    quae (civitas) una in amore atque in deliciis fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:

    in ingenti periculo,

    Liv. 5, 47:

    in pace,

    id. 31, 29.—So with abl. without in, when qualified by an adj.:

    (statua) est et fuit tota Graecia summo propter ingenium honore et nomine,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 87:

    si quis asperitate ea est et inmanitate naturae,

    id. Lael. 23, 87:

    ne quo periculo proprio existimares esse,

    id. Fam. 4, 15, 2 (B. and K. ex conj.:

    in periculo): ego sum spe bona,

    id. ib. 12, 28, 3:

    res nunc difficili loco mihi videtur esse,

    id. ib. 12, 28, 3:

    incredibili sum sollicitudine de tua valetudine,

    id. ib. 16, 15, 1; esp. in phrase periculo alicujus esse, to be at the risk of any one:

    rem illam suo periculo esse,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 6:

    ut quae in naves inposuissent, ab hostium tempestatisque vi publico periculo essent,

    Liv. 23, 49, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    dare nummos meo periculo,

    Dig. 46, 1, 24:

    communi periculo,

    ib. 13, 6, 21, § 1 (cf. II. B. 1. b. infra).—
    5.
    To depend upon, rest with, with in and abl.:

    res erat non in opinione dubia,

    Cic. Dom. 5, 11:

    sed totum est in eo, si, etc.,

    id. Att. 2, 22, 5:

    omnem reliquam spem in impetu esse equitum,

    Liv. 10, 14, 12:

    quoniam totum in eo sit, ne contrectentur pocula,

    Col. 12, 4, 3. —
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Esse (est, sunt, etc.) often stands without a subject expressed, or with an indef. subj., as antecedent of a rel.-clause, whose verb may be in the indic. or subj.; the former only when the subject is conceived as particular or limited, and actually existing; the latter always when it is conceived as indefinite; cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 562 sq.; Roby, Gram. § 1686 sq.; Madv. Gram. § 365; but the distinctions usually drawn by grammarians are not always observed by the best writers; and the subjunctive is always admissible, being the prevailing construction after sunt qui in class. prose, and nearly universal in postAug. writers: sunt, qui (quae), there are those ( people or things) who ( that), or simply some.
    a.
    With indic.
    (α).
    Without subject expressed:

    mulier mane: sunt Qui volunt te conventam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 37:

    sunt hic quos credo inter se dicere,

    id. Cas. prol. 67:

    sunt quae te volumus percontari,

    id. Ps. 1, 5, 47:

    quid est, quod tu gestas tabellas?

    id. ib. 1, 1, 10:

    quid est, quod tu me nunc optuere?

    id. Most. 1, 1, 69; cf.:

    quid hoc est, quod foris concrepuit?

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    tun' is es, Qui in me aerumnam obsevisti?

    id. Ep. 4, 1, 34:

    quid est, quod tuo animo aegre est?

    id. Cas. 2, 2, 9; id. Cist. 4, 1, 3:

    at ego est quod volo loqui,

    id. As. 1, 3, 79:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 30:

    sunt quos scio amicos esse, sunt quos suspicor,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 54:

    ita subitum'st, quod eum conventum volo,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 51:

    sunt quae ego ex te scitari volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 13:

    sed est quod suscenset tibi,

    Ter. And. 2, 6, 17:

    est quod me transire oportet,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 31:

    quid sit quapropter te jussi, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 7:

    sunt item quae appellantur alces,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 27 init.:

    (nationes) ex quibus sunt qui ovis vivere existimantur,

    id. ib. 4, 10 fin.:

    sunt qui putant posse te non decedere,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 25:

    sunt autem, qui putant non numquam complexione oportere supersederi,

    id. Inv. 1, 40, 72:

    quamquam sunt, qui propter utilitatem modo petendas putant amicitias,

    id. ib. 2, 55, 167:

    sunt autem quae praeterii,

    id. Att. 10, 4, 11:

    sunt, qui abducunt a malis ad bona, ut Epicurus. Sunt, qui satis putant ostendere, nihil inopinati accidisse... Sunt etiam qui haec omnia genera consolandi colligunt,

    id. Tusc. 3, 31, 76 Kuhn. N. cr.:

    sunt, qui, quod sentiunt, non audent dicere,

    id. Off. 1, 24, 84:

    Argiletum sunt qui scripserunt ab Argola, etc.,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 157 Mull.:

    sunt qui ita dicunt,

    Sall. C. 19, 4:

    sunt qui spiritum non recipiunt sed resorbent,

    Quint. 11, 3, 55:

    sunt, quos curriculo pulverem Olympicum Collegisse juvat,

    Hor. C. 1, 1, 3; cf. id. S. 1, 4, 24: sunt quibus unum opus est, etc., id. C. 1, 7, 5:

    sunt quibus in satira videor nimis acer,

    id. S. 2, 1, 1:

    sunt quorum ingenium nova tantum crustula promit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 47.—
    (β).
    With a subject expressed by an indefinite word or clause:

    sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:

    est genus hominum qui se primos omnium esse volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    multae sunt causae, quam ob rem cupio abducere,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 65 Fleck. (Ussing, cupiam):

    erat quidam eunuchus, quem mercatus fuerat,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 21:

    multaeque res sunt in quibus de suis commodis viri boni multa detrahunt,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 57:

    sunt ejus aliquot orationes, ex quibus lenitas ejus perspici potest,

    id. Brut. 48, 177:

    fuerunt alia genera philosophorum, qui se omnes Socraticos esse dicebant,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 62:

    nonnulli sunt, qui aluerunt, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 12, 301:

    sunt quidam, qui molestas amicitias faciunt, cum ipsi se contemni putant,

    id. Lael. 20, 72:

    sunt vestrum, judices, aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognoverunt,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56:

    multae et pecudes et stirpes sunt, quae sine procuratione hominum salvae esse non possunt,

    id. N. D. 2, 52, 130:

    sunt bestiae quaedam, in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, etc.,

    id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:

    permulta sunt, quae dici possunt, quare intellegatur, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33, 94; cf. id. Div. in Caecil. 7, 22; id. Off. 1, 14, 43; 1, 20, 69; id. Div. 1, 54, 123:

    fuere complures, qui ad Catilinam initio profecti sunt,

    Sall. C. 39, 5: haec sunt, quae clamores et admirationes in bonis oratoribus efficiunt. Cic. de Or. 1, 33, 152:

    alia fuere, quae illos magnos fecere,

    Sall. C. 52, 21.—
    b.
    With. subj.: sunt, qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem;

    sunt qui nullum censeant fieri discessum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    sunt qui in rebus contrariis parum sibi constent,

    id. Off. 1, 21, 71:

    de impudentia singulari sunt qui mirentur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 2, § 6:

    est eisdem de rebus quod dici potest subtilius,

    id. Tusc. 3, 15, 32:

    praesto est qui neget rem ullam percipi esse sensibus,

    id. Ac. 2, 32, 101:

    quicquid est quod deceat, id, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 27, 94:

    sunt qui nolint tetigisse nisi illas, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 28:

    sunt qui Crustis et pomis viduas venentur avaras,

    id. Ep. 1, 1, 78:

    vestes Gaetulo murice tinctas Sunt qui non habeant, est qui non curet habere,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 182 et saep.—
    (β).
    With a more or less indefinite expression of the subject:

    sunt quidam e nostris, qui haec subtilius velint tradere et negent satis esse, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 31:

    rarum est quoddam genus eorum, qui se a corpore avocent,

    id. Div. 1, 49, 111:

    quotus igitur est quisque qui somniis pareat?

    id. ib. 2, 60, 125; id. de Or. 2, 50, 196:

    solus est hic, qui numquam rationes ad aerarium referat,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 38, § 98:

    quae quibusdam admirabilia videntur, permulti sunt, qui pro nihilo putent,

    id. Lael. 23, 86:

    erat nemo in quem ea suspicio conveniret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 23, 65, cf.:

    quis enim miles fuit, qui Brundisii illam non viderit? quis, qui nescierit, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 25, 61:

    sit aliquis, qui nihil mali habeat,

    id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85:

    sunt nonnullae disciplinae, quae officium omne pervertant,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5:

    est quaedam animi sanitas quae in insipientem quoque cadat,

    id. Tusc. 4, 13, 30:

    Syracusis lex est de religione, quae jubeat,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 51, § 126:

    unus est qui curet constantia magis quam consilio,

    id. Att. 1, 18, 7:

    si est una ex omnibus quae sese moveat,

    id. Rep. 6, 26, 28:

    multi sunt, qui non acerbum judicent vivere, sed supervacuum,

    Sen. Ep. 24, 26:

    erant sententiae quae castra Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    fuere cives qui seque remque publicam obstinatis animis perditum irent,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    sunt verba et voces, quibus hunc lenire dolorem Possis,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 34:

    sunt delicta tamen, quibus ignovisse velimus,

    id. A. P. 347.—
    * c.
    Poet.: est, quibus (acc. to the Gr. estin hois):

    est quibus Eleae concurrit palma quadrigae: est quibus in celeres gloria nata pedes,

    Prop. 3, 9 (4, 8), 17.—
    2.
    With dat., to belong or pertain to; or, rendering the dative as the subject of the verb, to have ( possess, = the Fr. etre a used of property, and of permanent conditions or characteristics, not of temporary states, feelings, etc.; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 417 sq.): aliquid reperiret, fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adulescenti, amicae quod daret, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 23:

    nomen Mercurio'st mihi, Plaut Am. prol. 19: nisi jam tum esset honos elo quentiae,

    Cic. Brut. 10, 40:

    est igitur homini cum deo similitudo,

    id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:

    familiaritas, quae mihi cum eo est,

    id. Att. 8. 3, 2:

    privatus illis census erat brevis,

    Hor. C. 2, 15, 13; cf.:

    Trojae et huic loco nomen est,

    Liv. 1, 1, 5:

    Hecyra est huic nomen fabulae,

    Ter. Hec. prol. 1:

    cui saltationi Titius nomen esset,

    Cic. Brut. 62, 225:

    cui (fonti) nomen Arethusa est,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 118:

    Scipio, cui post Africano fuit cognomen,

    Liv. 25, 2, 6.—With ellips. of dat. ( poet.):

    nec rubor est emisse palam (sc. ei),

    nor is she ashamed, Ov. A. A. 3, 167:

    neque testimonii dictio est (sc. servo),

    has no right to be a witness, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 63.—
    b.
    Esse alicui cum aliquo, to have to do with, to be connected with a person:

    tecum nihil rei nobis, Demipho, est,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 74:

    sibi cum illa mima posthac nihil futurum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 31, 77:

    jussit bona proscribi ejus, quicum familiaritas fuerat, societas erat,

    id. Quint. 6, 25:

    si mihi tecum minus esset, quam est cum tuis omnibus,

    id. Fam. 15, 10, 2.—
    3.
    Esse with certain prepp. and their cases (cf. also I. A. 2. 3. 4. supra).
    (α).
    Esse ab aliquo, to be of a person, to be the servant, disciple, adherent, partisan, etc., of:

    es ne tu an non es ab illo milite e Macedonia?

    do you belong to? Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 21:

    ab Andria est ancilla haec,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 3; 4, 4, 17:

    erat enim ab isto Aristotele,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 38, 160:

    sed vide ne hoc, Scaevola, totum sit a me,

    makes for me, id. de Or 1, 13, 55 (cf. ab, I. B. 3., II. B. 2. o.). —
    (β).
    Esse pro aliquo, to be in favor of, make for:

    (judicia) partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse,

    Cic. Clu. 32, 88.—
    (γ).
    Esse ex aliqua re, to consist of, be made up of:

    (creticus) qui est ex longa et brevi et longa,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183; cf.:

    duo extremi chorei sunt, id est, e singulis longis et brevibus,

    id. Or. 63, 212:

    etsi temeritas ex tribus brevibus et longa est,

    id. ib. 63, 214; 64, 215 (v. also 6. infra). —
    4.
    Euphem., in perf. tempp., of one who has died or a thing that has perished, to be no more, to be gone, departed, dead ( poet.):

    horresco misera, mentio quoties fit partionis: Ita paene tibi fuit Phronesium,

    i. e. had almost died, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 92:

    nunc illud est, cum me fuisse quam esse nimio mavelim,

    id. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    sive erimus, seu nos fata fuisse velint,

    Tib. 3, 5, 32:

    fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium et ingens Gloria Teucrorum,

    Verg. A. 2, 325:

    certus in hospitibus non est amor: errat ut ipsi, Cumque nihil speres firmius esse, fuit,

    Ov. H. 16, (17), 192.—
    5.
    Pregn., to be real or a fact, to be the case; so esp.: est, esto, it is even so, be it so, such is or let such be the case, granted, well, etc.:

    quid tibi vis dicam, nisi quod est?

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 17:

    sunt ista, Laeli,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 6:

    ista esse credere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 10: est vero, inquit, Africane, id. Fragm. ap. Lact. 1, 18:

    est ut dicis, inquam,

    id. Fin. 3, 5, 19:

    sit quidem ut sex milia seminum intereant,

    Col. 3, 3, 13:

    esto: ipse nihil est, nihil potest,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 15, 47; cf.:

    verum esto,

    id. Fin. 2, 23, 75:

    esto,

    Verg. A. 7, 313; 10, 67; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 81; 1, 17, 37 al.—Hence,
    b.
    The connections est ut, ubi, cum, quod, or with a subject-clause, it happens or chances that, it is the case that, there is cause or reason why, there is a time when, it is allowed or permissible that, one may, etc.
    (α).
    Est ut, it is the case or fact, that, etc.:

    sin est, ut velis Manere illam apud te, dos hic maneat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 7 (8), 32:

    si est, ut dicat velle se, Redde,

    id. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    si est, culpam ut Antipho in se admiserit,

    id. Phorm. 2, 1, 40:

    est, ut id maxime deceat,

    Cic. Or. 59, 199:

    quando fuit, ut, quod licet, non liceret?

    id. Cael. 20, 48:

    non est igitur, ut mirandum sit, ea praesentiri, etc.,

    id. Div 1, 56, 128:

    non erat, ut fieri posset, mirarier umquam,

    Lucr. 5, 979:

    futurum esse ut omnes pellerentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    non est, ut copia major Ab Jove donari possit tibi,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 12, 2:

    est ut viro vir latius ordinet Arbusta sulcis,

    id. C. 3, 1, 9; Dig. 38, 7, 2.—Cf. esse after a neg., with quin:

    numquam est enim, quin aliquid memoriae tradere velimus,

    Auct. Her. 3, 24, 40.—Also, est ut, there is reason, that, etc.:

    magis est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 6, 14 fin.: ille erat ut odisset primum defensorem salutis meae, he had good reason for hating [p. 1799] id. Mil. 13, 35; cf.:

    quid erat cur Milo optaret,

    id. ib. 13, 34:

    neque est ut putemus ignorari ea ab animalibus,

    Plin. 18, 1, 1, § 3. —
    (β).
    Est ubi, sometime or another, sometimes:

    erit, ubi te ulciscar, si vivo,

    Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 26:

    est, ubi id isto modo valeat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 8, 23.—
    (γ).
    Est cum, sometimes:

    est cum non est satius, si, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 26, 36.—
    (δ).
    Est quod, there is reason to, I have occasion:

    est quod visam domum,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 26:

    etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi quam quod te rogem,

    I have more reason to, Cic. Att. 16, 5, 2:

    est quod referam ad consilium: sin, etc.,

    Liv. 30, 31, 9:

    quod timeas non est,

    Ov. H. 19, 159:

    nil est illic quod moremur diutius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 6:

    non est quod multa loquamur,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 30.—Cf. with cur:

    non est cur eorum spes infragatur,

    Cic. Or. 2, 6:

    nihil est cur,

    id. Fam. 6, 20, 1.—
    (ε).
    Est, sit, etc., with infin. in Gr. constr., it is possible, is allowed, permitted, one may, etc. (mostly poet. and post-class.):

    est quadam prodire tenus, si non datur ultra,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 32:

    Cato, R. R. prooem. § 1: scire est liberum Ingenium atque animum,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 42:

    nec non et Tityon terrae omniparentis alumnum Cernere erat,

    Verg. A. 6, 596; 8, 676; Sil. 2, 413:

    neque est te fallere quicquam,

    Verg. G. 4, 447:

    unde Plus haurire est,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 79:

    est Gaudia prodentem vultum celare,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 103:

    quod versu dicere non est,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 87:

    quod tangere non est,

    Ov. M. 3, 478:

    quae verbo objecta, verbo negare sit,

    Liv. 42, 41, 2 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    ut conjectare erat intentione vultus,

    Tac. A. 16, 34:

    est videre argentea vasa,

    id. G. 5; Val. Max. 2, 6, 8; v. Zumpt, Gram. § 227.— With dat.:

    ne tibi sit frigida saxa adire,

    Prop. 1, 20, 13; Tib. 1, 6, 24 (32):

    tu procul a patria (nec sit mihi credere tantum!) Alpinas nives Me sine vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46:

    fuerit mihi eguisse aliquando amicitiae tuae,

    Sall. J. 110, 3; Dig. 46, 3, 72, § 4.—
    (ζ).
    In eo ease ut, etc., to be in a condition to reach the point that, to be possible, etc., to be about to, on the point of, etc. ( impers. or with res, etc., as subj.):

    cum jam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles,

    Liv. 2, 17, 5:

    si viderent in eo jam esse ut urbs caperetur,

    id. 28, 22, 8:

    jamque in eo rem fore, ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,

    id. 8, 27, 3:

    cum res non in eo essent ut, etc.,

    id. 33, 41, 9:

    non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut, etc.,

    id. 30, 19, 3; 34, 41. —With person. subj. (late Lat.):

    cum ab Ulixe adducta Iphigenia in eo esset, ut immolaretur,

    Hyg. Fab. 261. —
    6.
    Like the Engl. to be, for to come, fall, reach, to have arrived, etc. (hence also with in and acc.):

    ecquid in mentem est tibi, Patrem tibi esse?

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 54:

    nam numero mi in mentem fuit,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 26:

    ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit,

    Cic. Quint. 5, 22:

    portus in praedonum fuisse potestatem sciatis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:

    ut certior fieret, quo die in Tusculanum essem futurus,

    id. Att. 15, 4, 2:

    qui neque in provinciam cum imperio fuerunt,

    id. Fam. 8, 8, 8:

    quae ne in potestatem quidem populi Romani esset,

    Liv. 2, 14, 4:

    nec prius militibus in conspectum fuisse,

    Suet. Aug. 16:

    esse in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 20, 66; cf.:

    in eorum potestatem portum futurum,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 98; v. Gell. 1, 7, 16 sq.; Zumpt, Gram. § 316.—
    7.
    Of time, to pass, elapse (rare but class.):

    diem scito nullum esse, quo, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3, 1.
    II.
    As a copula, to be any thing or in any manner.
    A.
    In gen.
    1.
    With an adj., subst., or pron.:

    et praeclara res est et sumus otiosi,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 17:

    quod in homine multo est evidentius,

    id. ib. 8, 27:

    sperare videor Scipionis et Laelii amicitiam notam posteritati fore,

    id. ib. 4, 15:

    non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:

    cum, ignorante rege, uter esset Orestes, Pylades Orestem se esse diceret, Orestes autem ita ut erat, Orestem se esse perseveraret,

    id. Lael. 7, 24:

    consul autem esse qui potui? etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:

    nos numerus sumus et fruges consumere nati,

    are a mere number, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 27:

    pars non minima triumphi est victimae praecedentes,

    Liv. 45, 49:

    nobile erit Romae pascua vestra forum,

    Prop. 4 (5), 9, 20:

    sanguis erant lacrimae,

    Luc. 9, 811:

    ego tu sum, tu es ego: unanimi sumus,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 49:

    tuos sum,

    id. Bacch. 1, 1, 60: domus non ea est, quam parietes nostri cingunt, Cic. Rep. 1, 13, 19:

    is enim fueram, cui, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 7.—
    2.
    Less freq. with adv. (esp. in colloq. language): Am. Satin' tu sanus es? Sos. Sic sum ut vides, Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 57:

    sic, inquit, est,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 60:

    est, inquit, ut dicis,

    id. ib. 1, 40, 63:

    quod ita cum sit,

    id. ib. 1, 45, 69:

    quia sunt haud procul ab hujus aetatis memoria,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1 B. and K.:

    nec vero habere virtutem satis est,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 2: frustra id inceptum Volscis fuit. Liv. 2, 25:

    dato qui bene sit: ego, ubi bene sit, tibi locum lepidum dabo,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 1, 51:

    apud matrem recte est,

    Cic. Att. 1, 7:

    cum in convivio comiter et jucunde fuisses,

    id. Deiot. 7, 19:

    omnes hanc quaestionem haud remissius sperant futuram,

    id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11:

    dicta impune erant,

    Tac. A. 1, 72.—Esp.: facile alicubi (in aliqua re) esse, with pleasure, glad to be:

    quod in maritimis facillime sum,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 2:

    locum habeo nullum ubi facilius esse possum,

    id. Att. 13, 26, 2 (on esse with an adverb, v. Haase ap. Reisig, Vorles. p. 394; cf. also bene under bonus fin.).—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    With gen. part., to be of, belong to a class, party, etc.:

    in republica ita est versatus, ut semper optimarum partium et esset et existimaretur,

    Nep. Att. 6, 1:

    qui ejusdem civitatis fuit,

    id. Them. 9, 1:

    qui Romanae partis erant, urbe excesserunt,

    Liv. 35, 51, 7: ut aut amicorum aut inimicorum Campani simus;

    si defenditis, vestri, si deseritis, Samnitium erimus,

    id. 7, 30, 9 sq. —
    2.
    With gen. or abl. denoting quality.
    (α).
    With gen.:

    nimium me timidum, nullius animi, nullius consilii fuisse confiteor,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 36:

    disputatio non mediocris contentionis est,

    id. de Or. 1, 60, 257:

    magni judicii, summae etiam facultatis esse debebit,

    id. Or. 21, 70:

    (virtus) nec tantarum virium est, ut se ipsa tueatur,

    id. Tusc. 5, 1, 2; id. Fin. 5, 12, 36:

    Sulla gentis patriciae nobilis fuit,

    Sall. J. 95, 3:

    summi ut sint laboris,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 2:

    civitas magnae auctoritatis,

    id. ib. 5, 54:

    refer, Cujus fortunae (sit),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54:

    se nullius momenti apud exercitum futurum,

    Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:

    qui ejusdem aetatis fuit,

    id. ib. 11, 1:

    invicti ad laborem corporis erat,

    Liv. 9, 16:

    nec magni certaminis ea dimicatio fuit,

    id. 21, 60:

    somni brevissimi erat,

    Suet. Claud. 33.—So of extent, number, etc.:

    classis centum navium,

    Nep. Them. 2, 2; 2, 5:

    annus trecentarum sexaginta quinque dierum,

    Suet. Caes. 40.—
    (β).
    With abl.:

    bono animo es,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4:

    jam aetate ea sum, ut, etc.,

    id. Hec. 5, 1, 11:

    bellum varia victoria fuit,

    Sall. J. 5, 1:

    L. Catilina nobili genere natus fuit magna vi et animi et corporis, set ingenio malo,

    id. C. 5, 1:

    Sulla animo ingenti,

    id. J. 95, 3:

    esse magna gratia,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8:

    tenuissima valetudine esse,

    id. ib. 5, 40:

    si fuerit is injustus, timidus, hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    mira sum alacritate ad litigandum,

    id. Att. 2, 7, 2:

    bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:

    ut bono essent animo,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 29:

    ut uxores eodem jure sint quo viri,

    id. ib. 1, 43, 67:

    qui capite et superciliis semper est rasis,

    id. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:

    abi, quaere, unde domo quis, Cujus fortunae, quo sit patre quove patrono,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 54 (cf. I. A. 4. supra). —
    3.
    With gen. or abl. of price or value.
    (α).
    With gen.:

    pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    videtur esse quantivis pretii,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 15:

    a me argentum, quanti (servus) est, sumito,

    id. Ad. 5, 9, 20:

    si ullo in loco frumentum tanti fuit, quanti iste aestimavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 194:

    ager nunc multo pluris est, quam tunc fuit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 12, 33:

    ut quisque, quod plurimi sit, possideat, ita, etc.,

    id. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    magni erunt mihi tuae litterae,

    id. Fam. 15, 15, 4:

    parvi sunt foris arma, nisi, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 22, 76:

    an emat denario quod sit mille denarium,

    id. ib. 3, 23, 92:

    parvi pretii est quod nihili est,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4:

    mea mihi conscientia pluris est quam omnium sermo,

    is worth more to me, weighs more with me, id. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    neque pluris pretii cocum quam vilicum habeo,

    Sall. J. 85, 39:

    erat (agellus) centum milium nummum,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 3, 1. —
    (β).
    With abl.: sextante sal et Romae et per totam I i aliam erat, was worth, stood at, Liv. 29, 37.—
    4.
    With gen. of possession, etc., it belongs, pertains to; or it is the part, property, nature, mark, sign, custom, or duty of, etc.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    audiant eos, quorum summa est auctoritas apud, etc.,

    who possess, Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    ea ut civitatis Rhodiorum essent,

    Liv. 37, 55, 5:

    teneamus eum cursum, qui semper fuit optimi cujusque,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 3:

    quamobrem neque sapientis esse accipere habenas,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 9; id. de Or. 2, 20, 86:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 81, 333:

    temeritas est florentis aetatis, prudentia senescentis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20:

    est adulescentis majores natu vereri,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 122:

    Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant,

    Liv. 8, 12, 13:

    tota tribuniciae potestatis erat,

    id. 3, 48:

    alterius morientis prope totus exercitus fuit,

    id. 22, 50:

    jam me Pompeii totum esse scis,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 13, 2:

    hominum, non causarum, toti erant,

    Liv. 3, 36:

    plebs novarum, ut solet, rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse,

    were devoted to, favored, id. 23, 14:

    Dolopes numquam Aetolorum fuerant: Philippi erant,

    id. 38, 3:

    Ptolemaeus propter aetatem alieni arbitrii erat,

    id. 42, 29:

    est miserorum ut malevolentes sint,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 51:

    quod alterum divinitatis mihi cujusdam videtur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 20, 86:

    negavit moris esse Graecorum, ut, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:

    non est gravitatis ac sapientiae tuae, ferre immoderatius casum incommodorum tuorum,

    id. Fam. 5, 16, 5:

    est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Rarely with pronom. posses.:

    est tuum, Cato, videre quid agatur,

    Cic. Mur. 38, 83:

    fuit meum quidem jam pridem rem publicam lugere,

    id. Att. 12, 28, 2.—
    (β).
    Esp., with gerundive, to denote tendency, effect, etc.:

    quae res evertendae rei publicae solerent esse,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 53, § 132:

    regium inperium, quod initio conservandae libertatis fuerat,

    Sall. C. 6, 7:

    qui utilia ferrent, quaeque aequandae libertatis essent,

    Liv. 3, 31, 7:

    ea prodendi imperii Romani, tradendae Hannibali victoriae esse,

    id. 27, 9, 12:

    nihil tam aequandae libertatis esse quam potentissimum quemque posse dicere causam,

    id. 38, 51, 8:

    frustrationem eam legis tollendae esse,

    id. 3, 24, 1 Weissenb. ad loc.; 3, 39, 8; 5, 3, 5; 40, 29, 11.—
    5.
    With dat. of the end, object, purpose, etc.:

    vitam hanc rusticam tu probro et crimini putas esse oportere,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 17, 48:

    etiam quae esui potuique non sunt, contineri legato,

    Dig. 33, 9, 3; Gell. 4, 1, 20:

    ut divites conferrent, qui essent oneri ferendo,

    Liv. 2, 9:

    magis vis morbi curae esset, maxime quod, etc.,

    id. 4, 21, 5:

    cum solvendo aere (i. e. aeri) alieno res publica non esset,

    id. 31, 13:

    iniciuntur ea, quae umori extrahendo sunt,

    Cels. 4, 10 fin. — Esp. in phrase solvendo esse, to be solvent, able to pay:

    tu nec solvendo eras,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 2, 4:

    cum solvendo civitates non essent,

    id. Fam. 3, 8, 2 (v. solvo).—
    6.
    With predicative dat. sing., denoting that which the subject is, becomes, appears to be, etc.
    (α).
    Without second dat. of pers.:

    auxilio is fuit,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 94:

    magis curae'st,

    id. Bacch. 4, 10, 3; id. Curc. 4, 2, 15; id. As. 1, 3, 23; id. Capt. 5, 2, 13 sq.:

    cui bono fuerit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:

    eo natus sum ut Jugurthae scelerum ostentui essem,

    Sall. J. 24, 10: cupis me esse nequam;

    tamen ero frugi bonae,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 51:

    magnoque esse argumento, homines scire pleraque antequam nati sint, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 21, 78:

    multi Indicioque sui facti persaepe fuere, Lucr 4, 1019: ejus rei ipsa verba formulae testimonio sunt,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 4, 11:

    haec res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuit,

    Liv. 4, 13:

    cujus rei Demosthenes atque Aeschines possunt esse documento,

    Quint. 7, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    With second dat. of pers.:

    obsecro vos ego mi auxilio sitis,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 9, 5; id. Ep. 5, 2, 11; id. Most. 1, 2, 68:

    ne quid Captioni mihi sit,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 19:

    mihi cordi est,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:

    ubi eris damno molestiae et dedecori saepe fueris,

    id. As. 3, 2, 25:

    metuo illaec mihi res ne malo magno fuat,

    id. Mil. 2, 6, 12:

    nec Salus nobis saluti jam esse potest,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 4:

    bono usui estis nulli,

    id. Curc. 4, 2, 15:

    quae sint nobis morbo mortique,

    Lucr. 6, 1095:

    quo magis quae agis curae sunt mihi,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 46:

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: ut mihi magnae curae tuam vitam ac dignitatem esse scires, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A fin.:

    accusant ei, quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13: haec tam parva [p. 1800] civitas praedae tibi et quaestui fuit, id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    ea dictitare, quae detrimento, maculae, invidiae, infamiae nobis omnibus esse possint,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §

    144: minus ea bella curae patribus erant, quam, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 23, 1:

    sciant patribus aeque curae fuisse, ne, etc.,

    id. 4, 7, 6:

    si hoc perinde curae est tibi quam illud mihi,

    Plin. Ep. 6, 8, 9:

    quantaeque curae tibi fuit, ne quis, etc.,

    id. Pan. 25, 3:

    quantae sit mihi curae,

    id. Ep. 6, 8, 2:

    si judicibus ipsis aut gloriae damnatio rei aut deformitati futura absolutio,

    Quint. 6, 1, 12.—Rarely with dat. gerund:

    nec tamen impedimento id rebus gerundis fuit,

    Liv. 26, 24 (for a full account of this dative, v. Roby, Gram. 2, praef. pp. xxv.-lvi., and § 1158 sq.).—
    7.
    Esse ad aliquid, to be of use for, to serve for:

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato, R. R. 125:

    completae naves taeda et pice reliquisque rebus quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101:

    valvae, quae olim ad ornandum templum erant maxime,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 56, § 124.—
    8.
    Id est or hoc est, with predic.-clause by way of explanatory addition, that is, that is to say; sometimes also with a climax in the sense, which is as much as to say, or which is the same thing:

    sed domum redeamus, id est ad nostros revertamur,

    Cic. Brut. 46, 172:

    quodsi in scena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,

    id. Lael. 26, 97:

    meos amicos, in quibus est studium, in Graeciam mitto, id est ad Graecos ire jubeo,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 8:

    si Epicurum, id est si Democritum probarem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 6:

    ut (sapiens) aegritudine opprimatur, id est miseria,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 27: a parte negotiali, hoc est pragmatikêi, Quint. 3, 7, 1:

    cum in bona tua invasero, hoc est, cum te docuero,

    id. 8, 3, 89.—
    9.
    Poet., with Greek inf. pleonastically:

    esse dederat monumentum,

    Verg. A. 5, 572 (cf.: dôke xeinêion einai, Hom. Il. 10, 269).
    2.
    sum = eum, Enn. ap. Fest., v. is.
    3.
    sum- in composition, for sub before m; v. sub fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sum

  • 76 κεφαλή

    κεφαλή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+) gener. ‘head’.
    the part of the body that contains the brain, head
    of humans, animals, and transcendent beings. Humans: Mt 5:36 (on swearing by the head s. Athen. 2, 72, 66c; Test12Patr; PGM 4, 1917; cp. Juvenal, Satires 6, 16f); 6:17; 14:8, 11; 26:7; 27:29f; Mk 6:24f, 27f; 14:3; 15:19; Lk 7:46; J 13:9; 19:2; 20:7; 1 Cor 11:4b (JMurphy-O’Connor, CBQ 42, ’80, 485 [lit.] ‘his head’=‘himself’), 5ab, 7, 10; 12:21; Rv 18:19 (cp. Josh 7:6; La 2:10); 1 Cl 37:5; 56:5 (Ps 140:5); B 13:5 (Gen 48:14); Hm 11:20; Papias (3:2 [not g and h]); GJs 2:4; 9:1; AcPl Ha 11, 1.—Animals: B 7:8 (of the scapegoat Lev 16; cp. vs. 21).—In apocal. presentations in connection w. human figures: Rv 1:14; 4:4; 9:7 12:1; 14:14; 19:12; w. animals: 9:7, 17, 19; 12:3 (s. δράκων); 13:1, 3; 17:3, 7, 9 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 50 K.=26 p. 517 D.: ὤφθη τὸ ἕδος [of Asclepius] τρεῖς κεφαλὰς ἔχον. A person sees himself in a dream provided with a plurality of heads Artem. 1, 35 p. 37, 14: δύο ἔχειν κεφαλὰς ἢ τρεῖς. Also the many-headed dog Cerberus of the underworld in Hesiod, Theog. 311 al. as well as Heraclit. Sto. 33 p. 49, 14); Hv 4, 1, 6; 10; of angels Rv 10:1.—The hair(s) of the head (Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 223) Mt 10:30; Lk 7:38, 44 v.l.; 12:7; 21:18; Ac 27:34. τὴν κ. κλίνειν lay down the head to sleep Mt 8:20; Lk 9:58. Sim. J 19:30 (s. Hdb. ad loc.). κινεῖν τὴν κ. (s. κινέω 2a) Mt 27:39; Mk 15:29; 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:8); ἐπαίρειν τὴν κ. (s. ἐπαίρω 1) Lk 21:28; shear the head, i.e. cut the hair as a form of a vow Ac 21:24; cp. 18:18. Of baptism ἔκχεον εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν τρὶς ὕδωρ D 7:3. Of the anointing of Jesus’ head IEph 17:1. κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have (someth.) on the head (s. κατά A 1a) 1 Cor 11:4a; also w. specification of object ἐπὶ w. gen. Rv 14:14; Hv 4, 1, 10; or εἰς 4, 3, 1. ἐπάνω τῆς κ. above his head Mt 27:37. Also πρὸς τῇ κ. J 20:12. (ἀστὴρ) ἔστη ἐπὶ τὴν κ. τοῦ παιδίου GJs 21:3 (cp. Mt 2:9).—Well-known expr. fr. the OT: ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύειν ἐπὶ τὴν κ. τινος Ro 12:20 (s. ἄνθραξ). A curse-formula: τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κ. ὑμῶν your blood be on your own heads (s. αἷμα 2a and cp. Demosth., Ep. 4, 10 τ. ἄδικον βλασφημίαν εἰς κεφαλὴν τῷ λέγοντι τρέπουσι; 6, 1; Maximus Tyr. 5, 1d; Aesop, Fab. 206 P.=372 H./313 Ch./222 H-H. ὸ̔ θέλεις σὺ τούτοις ἐπὶ τῇ σῇ κεφαλῇ γένοιτο; Phalaris, Ep. 102 εἰς κεφαλὴν σοί τε καὶ τῷ σῷ γένει)=you are responsible for your own destruction Ac 18:6; cp. GPt 5:17.
    in imagery οὐκ ἔκλινας τὴν κ. σου ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖραν you have not bowed your head under the mighty hand (of God) GJs 15:4. Of pers. (Plut., Galba 1054 [4, 3] G. as κ. ἰσχυρῷ σώματι, namely of the Galatian territories) Christ the κ. of the ἐκκλησία thought of as a σῶμα Col 1:18; cp. 2:19 (Artem. 2, 9 p. 92, 25 ἡ κεφαλὴ ὑπερέχει τοῦ παντὸς σώματος; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 215 ἡ κεφαλὴ συνέχει πᾶν τὸ σῶμα); Christ and Christians as head and members ITr 11:2. (SBedale, JTS 5, ’54, 211–15; New Docs 3, 45f [lit.]; not ‘source’: JFitzmyer, NTS 35, ’89, 503–11.) S. mng. 2a.
    a being of high status, head, fig. (of Asclepius IG II2, 4514, 6; in gnostic speculation: Iren. 1, 5, 3 [Harv. I 45, 13]. ὁ μέγας ἄρχων, ἡ κ. τοῦ κόσμου Hippol., Ref. 7, 23, 3).
    in the case of living beings, to denote superior rank (cp. Artem. 4, 24 p. 218, 8 ἡ κ. is the symbol of the father; Judg 11:11; 2 Km 22:44) head (Zosimus of Ashkelon [500 A.D.] hails Demosth. as his master: ὦ θεία κεφαλή [Biogr. p. 297]) of the father as head of the family Hs 7, 3; of the husband in relation to his wife 1 Cor 11:3b; Eph 5:23a. Of Christ in relation to the Christian community Eph 4:15; 5:23b. But Christ is the head not only of the body of Christians, but of the universe as a whole: κ. ὑπὲρ πάντα Eph 1:22, and of every cosmic power κ. πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας the head of all might and power Col 2:10. The divine influence on the world results in the series (for the growing distance from God with corresponding results cp. Ps.-Aristot. De Mundo 6, 4): God the κ. of Christ, Christ the κ. of man, the man the κ. of the woman 1 Cor 11:3cab (s. on γυνή 1). JFitzmyer, Int 47, ’93, 52–59.
    of things the uppermost part, extremity, end, point (Pappus of Alex., mathematician [IV A.D.] in the 8th book [ed. CGerhardt 1871 p. 379 τῇ κεφαλῇ τοῦ κοχλίου=at the point of the screw; Judg 9:25; En 17:2; Jos., Bell. 2, 48, Ant. 3, 146; oft. pap of plots of ground) κ. γωνίας the cornerstone (so M‘Neile, Mt ad loc.; REB ( main) corner-stone, and w. proper omission of the alternative rendering at 1 Pt 2:7 in NEB mg.; the cornerstone thus forms the farthest extension [cp. PFlor 50, 83] of the corner, though JJeremias, Αγγελος I 1925, 65–70, ZNW 29, 1930, 264–80, TW IV 277–79 thinks of it as the capstone above the door; so also OMichel, TW IV 892, V 129 [difft. 151]; KSchelkle, RAC I 233f; RMcKelvey, NTS 8, ’62, 352–59 [lit. 353 n. 1–3]. S. HGressmann, PJ 6, 1910, 38–45; GWhitaker, Exp. 8th ser., 22, 1921, 470ff. For another view s. lit. s.v. ἀκρογωνιαῖος) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17 (on these three pass. s. JDerrett, TU 102, ’68, 180–86); Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (Selwyn ad loc.: “extremity and not height is the point connoted”); B 6:4 (all Ps 117:22).—κ.= capital (city) (Appian, Illyr. 19 §54) Ac 16:12 D (but ‘frontier city’ AClark, Acts of the Apostles ’33, 362–65 and JLarsen, CTM 17, ’46, 123–25).—B. 212. Schmidt, Syn. I 361–69. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κεφαλή

  • 77 Venereae

    1.
    Vĕnus, ĕris ( gen. sing. VENERVS, Inscr. Orell. 1364), f. [v. veneror], the goddess of Love, the goddess Venus, Cic. N. D. 3, 23, 59 sq.; id. Div. 1, 13, 23; id. Or. 2, 5; id. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135; Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 6; Lucr. 1, 2; Hor. C. 1, 30, 1:

    filius Veneris,

    i. e. Cupid, Ov. M. 1, 463; cf.

    puerum,

    id. Am. 1, 10, 17; also Æneas, Verg. A. 1, 325; and in jest, Venere prognatus, of C. Julius Cœar, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 2:

    Veneris mensis,

    i. e. April, Ov. F. 4, 61.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Love, sexual love, venery (as euphemism freq.):

    sine Cerere et Libero friget Venus,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 6:

    Venus trivio conmissa,

    Prop. 4 (5), 7, 19; Verg. G. 3, 97; Ov. M. 10, 80; 10, 434; 11, 306; 12, 198; App. M. 1, p. 106, 13; Quint. 8, 6, 24; Tac. G. 20; Col. 6, 27, 10.—
    2.
    Like the Engl. love, to denote a beloved object, beloved:

    nec veneres nostras hoc fallit,

    Lucr. 4, 1185:

    mea Venus,

    Verg. E. 3, 68; Hor. C. 1, 27, 14; 1, 33, 13.—
    3.
    Qualities that excite love, loveliness, attractiveness, beauty, grace, elegance, charms (sing. and plur.;

    not in Cic.): quo fugit venus? quo color? decens Quo motus?

    Hor. C. 4, 13, 17:

    ac bene nummatum decorat suadela venusque,

    id. Ep. 1, 6, 38; id. A. P. 42; Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 1:

    fabula nullius veneris sine pondere et arte,

    Hor. A. P. 320:

    sermo ipse Romanus non recipere videatur illam solis concessam Atticis venerem,

    Quint. 10, 1, 100:

    quod cum gratiā quādam et venere dicatur,

    id. 6, 3, 18; so (with gratia) id. 4, 2, 116.—

    Of paintings: deesse iis unam illam suam venerem dicebat, quam Graeci charita vocant,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 79.— Plur.:

    profecto Amoenitates omnium venerum atque venustatum adfero,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 5:

    Isocrates omnes dicendi veneres sectatus est,

    Quint. 10, 1, 79.—
    4.
    The planet Venus, Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 53; id. Rep. 6, 17, 17.—
    5.
    The highest throw at dice, when each of the dice presented a different number, the Venus throw, Prop. 4 (5), 8, 45; Hor. C. 2, 7, 25; Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 71; cf. in the foll.—
    II.
    Derivv.:

    Vĕnĕrĕus

    or

    Vĕnĕrĭus

    , a, um, adj., of or belonging to Venus:

    sacerdos,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    antistita,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 10:

    nepotulus,

    id. Mil. 5, 20; 5, 28:

    nutricatus,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 54:

    servi,

    temple-slaves of the Erycinian Venus in Sicily, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 20, § 50; 2, 5, 54, § 141; v. also infra, B. 2.: res, voluptates, etc., of or belonging to sexual love, venereous, venereal, Cic. Sen. 14, 47; id. Div. 2, 69, 143:

    visa,

    Plin. 34, 18, 50, § 166; Col. 12, 4, 3; cf. in a pun: homo, belonging to Venus and lascivious (of Verres), Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 141:

    delphinus,

    wanton, Gell. 7, 8, 1:

    nostros quoque antiquiores poëtas amasios et Venerios fuisse,

    id. 19, 9, 9:

    pira,

    a kind of pear, Venus-pear, Col. 5, 10, 18; 12, 10, 4; Plin. 15, 15, 16, § 56.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Vĕnĕrĕus ( Vĕnĕrĭus), i, m. (i. e. jactus), the Venus-throw at dice (v. supra, I. B. 5.), Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23; 2, 21, 48; 2, 59, 121; also Vĕnĕrĕum, i, n.: hoc Venereum [p. 1971] est, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 55.—
    2.
    Vĕnĕrĕi ( Vĕnĕrĭi), ōrum, m. (i. e. servi), the templeslaves of the Erycinian Venus (v. supra), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 92; 2, 3, 25, § 61; id. Clu. 15, 43.—
    3.
    Vĕnĕrĕae ( Vĕnĕrĭae), ārum, f. (i. e. conchae), a kind of mussels, Venus-shell, Plin. 9, 33, 52, § 103; 32, 11, 53, § 151.
    2.
    vēnus, ūs, m., or vēnum ( vaen-), i, n. (occurring only in the forms venui, veno, and venum) [Gr. ônos, price; ônê, purchase; cf. Sanscr. vasuas, price; vasuam, wages; and perh. Germ. Gewinn], sale.
    a.
    Dat.
    (α).
    Form venui (late Lat.):

    rogavit haberetne venui lacte?

    App. M. 8, p. 210, 12:

    cantherium venui subicere,

    id. ib. 8, p. 221, 29.—
    (β).
    Form veno (post-Aug.):

    posita veno irritamenta luxus,

    Tac. A. 14, 15:

    quae veno exercerent,

    id. ib. 13, 51.—
    b.
    Acc. venum (class.):

    dare aliquem venum,

    to sell, Liv. 24, 47, 6:

    venum cuncta dari,

    Claud. in Rufin. 1, 179;

    hence the compound venumdo, q. v.: ut ejus familia ad aedem Cereris venum iret,

    Liv. 3, 55, 7:

    pileatos servos venum solitos ire,

    Gell. 7, 4, 1:

    venum iturum,

    Sen. Const. 3, 2:

    seque et sua tradita venum Castra videt,

    Luc. 4, 206:

    venum redibat,

    Claud. in Eutr. 1, 37.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Venereae

  • 78 Venerei

    1.
    Vĕnus, ĕris ( gen. sing. VENERVS, Inscr. Orell. 1364), f. [v. veneror], the goddess of Love, the goddess Venus, Cic. N. D. 3, 23, 59 sq.; id. Div. 1, 13, 23; id. Or. 2, 5; id. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135; Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 6; Lucr. 1, 2; Hor. C. 1, 30, 1:

    filius Veneris,

    i. e. Cupid, Ov. M. 1, 463; cf.

    puerum,

    id. Am. 1, 10, 17; also Æneas, Verg. A. 1, 325; and in jest, Venere prognatus, of C. Julius Cœar, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 2:

    Veneris mensis,

    i. e. April, Ov. F. 4, 61.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Love, sexual love, venery (as euphemism freq.):

    sine Cerere et Libero friget Venus,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 6:

    Venus trivio conmissa,

    Prop. 4 (5), 7, 19; Verg. G. 3, 97; Ov. M. 10, 80; 10, 434; 11, 306; 12, 198; App. M. 1, p. 106, 13; Quint. 8, 6, 24; Tac. G. 20; Col. 6, 27, 10.—
    2.
    Like the Engl. love, to denote a beloved object, beloved:

    nec veneres nostras hoc fallit,

    Lucr. 4, 1185:

    mea Venus,

    Verg. E. 3, 68; Hor. C. 1, 27, 14; 1, 33, 13.—
    3.
    Qualities that excite love, loveliness, attractiveness, beauty, grace, elegance, charms (sing. and plur.;

    not in Cic.): quo fugit venus? quo color? decens Quo motus?

    Hor. C. 4, 13, 17:

    ac bene nummatum decorat suadela venusque,

    id. Ep. 1, 6, 38; id. A. P. 42; Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 1:

    fabula nullius veneris sine pondere et arte,

    Hor. A. P. 320:

    sermo ipse Romanus non recipere videatur illam solis concessam Atticis venerem,

    Quint. 10, 1, 100:

    quod cum gratiā quādam et venere dicatur,

    id. 6, 3, 18; so (with gratia) id. 4, 2, 116.—

    Of paintings: deesse iis unam illam suam venerem dicebat, quam Graeci charita vocant,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 79.— Plur.:

    profecto Amoenitates omnium venerum atque venustatum adfero,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 5:

    Isocrates omnes dicendi veneres sectatus est,

    Quint. 10, 1, 79.—
    4.
    The planet Venus, Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 53; id. Rep. 6, 17, 17.—
    5.
    The highest throw at dice, when each of the dice presented a different number, the Venus throw, Prop. 4 (5), 8, 45; Hor. C. 2, 7, 25; Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 71; cf. in the foll.—
    II.
    Derivv.:

    Vĕnĕrĕus

    or

    Vĕnĕrĭus

    , a, um, adj., of or belonging to Venus:

    sacerdos,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    antistita,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 10:

    nepotulus,

    id. Mil. 5, 20; 5, 28:

    nutricatus,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 54:

    servi,

    temple-slaves of the Erycinian Venus in Sicily, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 20, § 50; 2, 5, 54, § 141; v. also infra, B. 2.: res, voluptates, etc., of or belonging to sexual love, venereous, venereal, Cic. Sen. 14, 47; id. Div. 2, 69, 143:

    visa,

    Plin. 34, 18, 50, § 166; Col. 12, 4, 3; cf. in a pun: homo, belonging to Venus and lascivious (of Verres), Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 141:

    delphinus,

    wanton, Gell. 7, 8, 1:

    nostros quoque antiquiores poëtas amasios et Venerios fuisse,

    id. 19, 9, 9:

    pira,

    a kind of pear, Venus-pear, Col. 5, 10, 18; 12, 10, 4; Plin. 15, 15, 16, § 56.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Vĕnĕrĕus ( Vĕnĕrĭus), i, m. (i. e. jactus), the Venus-throw at dice (v. supra, I. B. 5.), Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23; 2, 21, 48; 2, 59, 121; also Vĕnĕrĕum, i, n.: hoc Venereum [p. 1971] est, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 55.—
    2.
    Vĕnĕrĕi ( Vĕnĕrĭi), ōrum, m. (i. e. servi), the templeslaves of the Erycinian Venus (v. supra), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 92; 2, 3, 25, § 61; id. Clu. 15, 43.—
    3.
    Vĕnĕrĕae ( Vĕnĕrĭae), ārum, f. (i. e. conchae), a kind of mussels, Venus-shell, Plin. 9, 33, 52, § 103; 32, 11, 53, § 151.
    2.
    vēnus, ūs, m., or vēnum ( vaen-), i, n. (occurring only in the forms venui, veno, and venum) [Gr. ônos, price; ônê, purchase; cf. Sanscr. vasuas, price; vasuam, wages; and perh. Germ. Gewinn], sale.
    a.
    Dat.
    (α).
    Form venui (late Lat.):

    rogavit haberetne venui lacte?

    App. M. 8, p. 210, 12:

    cantherium venui subicere,

    id. ib. 8, p. 221, 29.—
    (β).
    Form veno (post-Aug.):

    posita veno irritamenta luxus,

    Tac. A. 14, 15:

    quae veno exercerent,

    id. ib. 13, 51.—
    b.
    Acc. venum (class.):

    dare aliquem venum,

    to sell, Liv. 24, 47, 6:

    venum cuncta dari,

    Claud. in Rufin. 1, 179;

    hence the compound venumdo, q. v.: ut ejus familia ad aedem Cereris venum iret,

    Liv. 3, 55, 7:

    pileatos servos venum solitos ire,

    Gell. 7, 4, 1:

    venum iturum,

    Sen. Const. 3, 2:

    seque et sua tradita venum Castra videt,

    Luc. 4, 206:

    venum redibat,

    Claud. in Eutr. 1, 37.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Venerei

  • 79 Venereum

    1.
    Vĕnus, ĕris ( gen. sing. VENERVS, Inscr. Orell. 1364), f. [v. veneror], the goddess of Love, the goddess Venus, Cic. N. D. 3, 23, 59 sq.; id. Div. 1, 13, 23; id. Or. 2, 5; id. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135; Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 6; Lucr. 1, 2; Hor. C. 1, 30, 1:

    filius Veneris,

    i. e. Cupid, Ov. M. 1, 463; cf.

    puerum,

    id. Am. 1, 10, 17; also Æneas, Verg. A. 1, 325; and in jest, Venere prognatus, of C. Julius Cœar, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 2:

    Veneris mensis,

    i. e. April, Ov. F. 4, 61.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Love, sexual love, venery (as euphemism freq.):

    sine Cerere et Libero friget Venus,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 6:

    Venus trivio conmissa,

    Prop. 4 (5), 7, 19; Verg. G. 3, 97; Ov. M. 10, 80; 10, 434; 11, 306; 12, 198; App. M. 1, p. 106, 13; Quint. 8, 6, 24; Tac. G. 20; Col. 6, 27, 10.—
    2.
    Like the Engl. love, to denote a beloved object, beloved:

    nec veneres nostras hoc fallit,

    Lucr. 4, 1185:

    mea Venus,

    Verg. E. 3, 68; Hor. C. 1, 27, 14; 1, 33, 13.—
    3.
    Qualities that excite love, loveliness, attractiveness, beauty, grace, elegance, charms (sing. and plur.;

    not in Cic.): quo fugit venus? quo color? decens Quo motus?

    Hor. C. 4, 13, 17:

    ac bene nummatum decorat suadela venusque,

    id. Ep. 1, 6, 38; id. A. P. 42; Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 1:

    fabula nullius veneris sine pondere et arte,

    Hor. A. P. 320:

    sermo ipse Romanus non recipere videatur illam solis concessam Atticis venerem,

    Quint. 10, 1, 100:

    quod cum gratiā quādam et venere dicatur,

    id. 6, 3, 18; so (with gratia) id. 4, 2, 116.—

    Of paintings: deesse iis unam illam suam venerem dicebat, quam Graeci charita vocant,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 79.— Plur.:

    profecto Amoenitates omnium venerum atque venustatum adfero,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 5:

    Isocrates omnes dicendi veneres sectatus est,

    Quint. 10, 1, 79.—
    4.
    The planet Venus, Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 53; id. Rep. 6, 17, 17.—
    5.
    The highest throw at dice, when each of the dice presented a different number, the Venus throw, Prop. 4 (5), 8, 45; Hor. C. 2, 7, 25; Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 71; cf. in the foll.—
    II.
    Derivv.:

    Vĕnĕrĕus

    or

    Vĕnĕrĭus

    , a, um, adj., of or belonging to Venus:

    sacerdos,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    antistita,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 10:

    nepotulus,

    id. Mil. 5, 20; 5, 28:

    nutricatus,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 54:

    servi,

    temple-slaves of the Erycinian Venus in Sicily, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 20, § 50; 2, 5, 54, § 141; v. also infra, B. 2.: res, voluptates, etc., of or belonging to sexual love, venereous, venereal, Cic. Sen. 14, 47; id. Div. 2, 69, 143:

    visa,

    Plin. 34, 18, 50, § 166; Col. 12, 4, 3; cf. in a pun: homo, belonging to Venus and lascivious (of Verres), Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 141:

    delphinus,

    wanton, Gell. 7, 8, 1:

    nostros quoque antiquiores poëtas amasios et Venerios fuisse,

    id. 19, 9, 9:

    pira,

    a kind of pear, Venus-pear, Col. 5, 10, 18; 12, 10, 4; Plin. 15, 15, 16, § 56.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Vĕnĕrĕus ( Vĕnĕrĭus), i, m. (i. e. jactus), the Venus-throw at dice (v. supra, I. B. 5.), Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23; 2, 21, 48; 2, 59, 121; also Vĕnĕrĕum, i, n.: hoc Venereum [p. 1971] est, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 55.—
    2.
    Vĕnĕrĕi ( Vĕnĕrĭi), ōrum, m. (i. e. servi), the templeslaves of the Erycinian Venus (v. supra), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 92; 2, 3, 25, § 61; id. Clu. 15, 43.—
    3.
    Vĕnĕrĕae ( Vĕnĕrĭae), ārum, f. (i. e. conchae), a kind of mussels, Venus-shell, Plin. 9, 33, 52, § 103; 32, 11, 53, § 151.
    2.
    vēnus, ūs, m., or vēnum ( vaen-), i, n. (occurring only in the forms venui, veno, and venum) [Gr. ônos, price; ônê, purchase; cf. Sanscr. vasuas, price; vasuam, wages; and perh. Germ. Gewinn], sale.
    a.
    Dat.
    (α).
    Form venui (late Lat.):

    rogavit haberetne venui lacte?

    App. M. 8, p. 210, 12:

    cantherium venui subicere,

    id. ib. 8, p. 221, 29.—
    (β).
    Form veno (post-Aug.):

    posita veno irritamenta luxus,

    Tac. A. 14, 15:

    quae veno exercerent,

    id. ib. 13, 51.—
    b.
    Acc. venum (class.):

    dare aliquem venum,

    to sell, Liv. 24, 47, 6:

    venum cuncta dari,

    Claud. in Rufin. 1, 179;

    hence the compound venumdo, q. v.: ut ejus familia ad aedem Cereris venum iret,

    Liv. 3, 55, 7:

    pileatos servos venum solitos ire,

    Gell. 7, 4, 1:

    venum iturum,

    Sen. Const. 3, 2:

    seque et sua tradita venum Castra videt,

    Luc. 4, 206:

    venum redibat,

    Claud. in Eutr. 1, 37.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Venereum

  • 80 Veneriae

    1.
    Vĕnus, ĕris ( gen. sing. VENERVS, Inscr. Orell. 1364), f. [v. veneror], the goddess of Love, the goddess Venus, Cic. N. D. 3, 23, 59 sq.; id. Div. 1, 13, 23; id. Or. 2, 5; id. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135; Varr. R. R. 1, 1, 6; Lucr. 1, 2; Hor. C. 1, 30, 1:

    filius Veneris,

    i. e. Cupid, Ov. M. 1, 463; cf.

    puerum,

    id. Am. 1, 10, 17; also Æneas, Verg. A. 1, 325; and in jest, Venere prognatus, of C. Julius Cœar, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 2:

    Veneris mensis,

    i. e. April, Ov. F. 4, 61.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Love, sexual love, venery (as euphemism freq.):

    sine Cerere et Libero friget Venus,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 5, 6:

    Venus trivio conmissa,

    Prop. 4 (5), 7, 19; Verg. G. 3, 97; Ov. M. 10, 80; 10, 434; 11, 306; 12, 198; App. M. 1, p. 106, 13; Quint. 8, 6, 24; Tac. G. 20; Col. 6, 27, 10.—
    2.
    Like the Engl. love, to denote a beloved object, beloved:

    nec veneres nostras hoc fallit,

    Lucr. 4, 1185:

    mea Venus,

    Verg. E. 3, 68; Hor. C. 1, 27, 14; 1, 33, 13.—
    3.
    Qualities that excite love, loveliness, attractiveness, beauty, grace, elegance, charms (sing. and plur.;

    not in Cic.): quo fugit venus? quo color? decens Quo motus?

    Hor. C. 4, 13, 17:

    ac bene nummatum decorat suadela venusque,

    id. Ep. 1, 6, 38; id. A. P. 42; Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 1:

    fabula nullius veneris sine pondere et arte,

    Hor. A. P. 320:

    sermo ipse Romanus non recipere videatur illam solis concessam Atticis venerem,

    Quint. 10, 1, 100:

    quod cum gratiā quādam et venere dicatur,

    id. 6, 3, 18; so (with gratia) id. 4, 2, 116.—

    Of paintings: deesse iis unam illam suam venerem dicebat, quam Graeci charita vocant,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 79.— Plur.:

    profecto Amoenitates omnium venerum atque venustatum adfero,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 5:

    Isocrates omnes dicendi veneres sectatus est,

    Quint. 10, 1, 79.—
    4.
    The planet Venus, Cic. N. D. 2, 20, 53; id. Rep. 6, 17, 17.—
    5.
    The highest throw at dice, when each of the dice presented a different number, the Venus throw, Prop. 4 (5), 8, 45; Hor. C. 2, 7, 25; Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 71; cf. in the foll.—
    II.
    Derivv.:

    Vĕnĕrĕus

    or

    Vĕnĕrĭus

    , a, um, adj., of or belonging to Venus:

    sacerdos,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 23:

    antistita,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 10:

    nepotulus,

    id. Mil. 5, 20; 5, 28:

    nutricatus,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 54:

    servi,

    temple-slaves of the Erycinian Venus in Sicily, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 20, § 50; 2, 5, 54, § 141; v. also infra, B. 2.: res, voluptates, etc., of or belonging to sexual love, venereous, venereal, Cic. Sen. 14, 47; id. Div. 2, 69, 143:

    visa,

    Plin. 34, 18, 50, § 166; Col. 12, 4, 3; cf. in a pun: homo, belonging to Venus and lascivious (of Verres), Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 141:

    delphinus,

    wanton, Gell. 7, 8, 1:

    nostros quoque antiquiores poëtas amasios et Venerios fuisse,

    id. 19, 9, 9:

    pira,

    a kind of pear, Venus-pear, Col. 5, 10, 18; 12, 10, 4; Plin. 15, 15, 16, § 56.—
    B.
    Substt.
    1.
    Vĕnĕrĕus ( Vĕnĕrĭus), i, m. (i. e. jactus), the Venus-throw at dice (v. supra, I. B. 5.), Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23; 2, 21, 48; 2, 59, 121; also Vĕnĕrĕum, i, n.: hoc Venereum [p. 1971] est, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 55.—
    2.
    Vĕnĕrĕi ( Vĕnĕrĭi), ōrum, m. (i. e. servi), the templeslaves of the Erycinian Venus (v. supra), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 92; 2, 3, 25, § 61; id. Clu. 15, 43.—
    3.
    Vĕnĕrĕae ( Vĕnĕrĭae), ārum, f. (i. e. conchae), a kind of mussels, Venus-shell, Plin. 9, 33, 52, § 103; 32, 11, 53, § 151.
    2.
    vēnus, ūs, m., or vēnum ( vaen-), i, n. (occurring only in the forms venui, veno, and venum) [Gr. ônos, price; ônê, purchase; cf. Sanscr. vasuas, price; vasuam, wages; and perh. Germ. Gewinn], sale.
    a.
    Dat.
    (α).
    Form venui (late Lat.):

    rogavit haberetne venui lacte?

    App. M. 8, p. 210, 12:

    cantherium venui subicere,

    id. ib. 8, p. 221, 29.—
    (β).
    Form veno (post-Aug.):

    posita veno irritamenta luxus,

    Tac. A. 14, 15:

    quae veno exercerent,

    id. ib. 13, 51.—
    b.
    Acc. venum (class.):

    dare aliquem venum,

    to sell, Liv. 24, 47, 6:

    venum cuncta dari,

    Claud. in Rufin. 1, 179;

    hence the compound venumdo, q. v.: ut ejus familia ad aedem Cereris venum iret,

    Liv. 3, 55, 7:

    pileatos servos venum solitos ire,

    Gell. 7, 4, 1:

    venum iturum,

    Sen. Const. 3, 2:

    seque et sua tradita venum Castra videt,

    Luc. 4, 206:

    venum redibat,

    Claud. in Eutr. 1, 37.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Veneriae

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Object — Ob ject ([o^]b j[e^]kt), n. [L. objectus. See {Object}, v. t.] 1. That which is put, or which may be regarded as put, in the way of some of the senses; something visible or tangible and persists for an appreciable time; as, he observed an object… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Object glass — Object Ob ject ([o^]b j[e^]kt), n. [L. objectus. See {Object}, v. t.] 1. That which is put, or which may be regarded as put, in the way of some of the senses; something visible or tangible and persists for an appreciable time; as, he observed an… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Object lesson — Object Ob ject ([o^]b j[e^]kt), n. [L. objectus. See {Object}, v. t.] 1. That which is put, or which may be regarded as put, in the way of some of the senses; something visible or tangible and persists for an appreciable time; as, he observed an… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Object staff — Object Ob ject ([o^]b j[e^]kt), n. [L. objectus. See {Object}, v. t.] 1. That which is put, or which may be regarded as put, in the way of some of the senses; something visible or tangible and persists for an appreciable time; as, he observed an… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Object teaching — Object Ob ject ([o^]b j[e^]kt), n. [L. objectus. See {Object}, v. t.] 1. That which is put, or which may be regarded as put, in the way of some of the senses; something visible or tangible and persists for an appreciable time; as, he observed an… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • The Monkey and the Hunter — is a thought experiment often used to illustrate the effect of gravity on projectile motion. The essentials of the problem are stated in many introductory guides to physics, such as Caltech s The Mechanical Universe television series and Gonick… …   Wikipedia

  • The Pope —     The Pope     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Pope     (Ecclesiastical Latin papa from Greek papas, a variant of pappas father, in classical Latin pappas Juvenal, Satires 6:633).     The title pope, once used with far greater latitude (see below …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Incarnation —     The Incarnation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation     I. The Fact of the Incarnation     (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ     A. Old Testament Proofs     B. New Testament Proofs     C. Witness of Tradition     (2) The Human… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Birth of the Clinic —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Rule of Faith —     The Rule of Faith     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Rule of Faith     The word rule (Lat. regula, Gr. kanon) means a standard by which something can be tested, and the rule of faith means something extrinsic to our faith, and serving as its… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»